INTERFACE, INC.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES þ NO o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). YES þ NO o

Aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 29, 2003 (assuming conversion of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock): $203,658,444 (46,076,571 shares valued at the last sales price of $4.42 on June 29, 2003). See Item 12.

Number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of Common Stock, as of March 1, 2004:

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.

We are the worldwide leader in design, production and sales of modular carpet, and we are a leading manufacturer and marketer of other products for the interiors market, with a strong presence in the broadloom carpet, floorcovering services, panel fabrics and upholstery fabrics market segments. We market products in over 100 countries around the world under such preeminent brand names as Interface®, Heuga®, Bentley®, Prince Street® and InterfaceFLOR^TM in modular carpet; Bentley, Prince Street and Prince Street House and Home^TM in broadloom carpet; Guilford of Maine®, Toltec®, Intek®, Chatham® and Camborne^TM in interior fabrics and upholstery products; and Intersept® in antimicrobials. Our sales force is one of the largest in the global commercial floorcovering industry. Our principal geographic markets are the Americas, Europe and Asia-Pacific, where our sales were approximately 71%, 24% and 5%, respectively, of total net sales for fiscal year 2003.

Our approximately 35% market share of the specified modular carpet segment is more than double that of our nearest competitor. In the broadloom market segment, our Bentley and Prince Street brands are leaders in the high-end, designer-oriented sector, where custom design and high quality are the principal specifying and purchasing factors. We provide specialized carpet replacement, installation, maintenance and reclamation services through our Re:Source® service network. Our Fabrics Group includes the leading U.S. manufacturer of panel fabrics for use in open plan office furniture systems, with a market share of approximately 50%, and the leading manufacturers of contract upholstery fabrics sold to office furniture manufacturers and contract jobbers in the United States and the United Kingdom, with market shares of approximately 35% and 67%, respectively.

Drawing upon these strengths — especially our historical dominance in modular carpet for the corporate office segment — we are increasing our presence and market share in other commercial and institutional segments, such as government, healthcare, hospitality, education and retail space, and we have begun to develop our business in the huge residential market segment. The U.S. residential market segment for carpet is approximately $11 billion, and the combined U.S. market for carpet in the other commercial and institutional market segments is almost twice the size of the corporate office segment. The appeal and utilization of modular carpet is expanding rapidly in each of these markets, and we are leveraging our unique skills and experience with designing, producing and marketing modular products to drive our penetration into these new markets.

We operate in an industry that is highly correlated with economic conditions that affect corporate profits or commercial or institutional space refurbishment. As a result, our business over the past three years, in concert with the commercial interiors industry in general, has experienced an unprecedented downturn, both in severity and duration. In comparison to the previous longest downturn, which began around 1990 and lasted for approximately 15 months, the current downturn resulted in decreased orders for office furniture in 31 of the 36 months ended December 2003. During this period, office furniture shipments reached their lowest levels since the early 1990s. These statistics, which the commercial interiors industry considers to be leading indicators of business conditions, are based on data compiled by the Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer’s Association (BIFMA).

We have been able to weather this downturn in our industry, and we believe we are positioned for a resurgence when economic conditions improve and the industry recovers, because of our modular product dominance, strong business model and several strategic restructuring initiatives we implemented beginning in 2000. These initiatives included:


	•	further rationalizing our manufacturing operations and workforce (including 12 plant closings and a 30% reduction in headcount since 2000);

	•	implementing a comprehensive company-wide supply chain management program;


	•	exiting our unprofitable U.S. raised/access flooring business;

	•	repositioning our broadloom business to focus on the historically profitable high-end, specified, designer-oriented sector; and

	•	improving our capital structure by extending the maturity of substantially all of our debt and establishing a new asset-based revolving credit facility with less restrictive terms than our prior credit facility.

At the same time, we continued to invest strategically in innovative product concepts and designs to penetrate several non-corporate office segments of the interiors market. As a result of these factors, we have reduced our exposure to economic and business cycles that affect the corporate office segment more adversely than other segments, while maintaining our historical dominance in modular products for that segment. We are leveraging our historical dominance in both modular carpet and high-end, specified broadloom carpet to penetrate additional market segments.

We are stronger today in several key areas because of the above fundamental elements of our business and affirmative strategic initiatives we implemented over the past three challenging years. We are positioned to both drive and capitalize upon several significant market opportunities as economic and industry conditions improve. Our principal competitive strengths include:

Market Leader in Attractive Modular Segment. We are the world’s leading and only global manufacturer of modular carpet, with a market share that is more than twice that of our nearest competitor. Modular carpet includes carpet tile and structure-backed two-meter roll goods. Modular carpet has become more prevalent across all commercial interiors markets as designers, architects and end users become more familiar with its unique beneficial attributes. We are driving this trend with our product innovations discussed below, and we expect that it will continue. According to the 2003 Floor Focus interiors industry survey of the top 250 designers in the United States, carpet tile was the leading product specified for the fifth consecutive year. We believe that we are well positioned to lead and capitalize upon the continued shift to modular carpet.

Preeminent Brands and Reputation for Quality, Reliability and Leadership. Our products are known in the industry for their high quality, reliability and premium positioning in the marketplace. Our preeminent brand names in carpets and interior fabrics are leaders in the industry. In the 2003 interiors industry survey of top designers published by Floor Focus, an Interface brand ranked first in four of the five survey categories: carpet design, quality, service and performance. On the international front, Heuga is one of the preeminent brand names in carpet tiles for commercial, institutional and residential use worldwide. Guilford of Maine, Chatham, Intek and Camborne are leading brand names in their respective markets for interior fabrics. More generally, as the appeal and utilization of modular carpet continues to expand into new market segments such as education, hospitality and retail space, our reputation as the inventor and pioneer of modular carpet — as well as our preeminent brands and dominant market position for modular carpet in the corporate office segment — will enhance our competitive advantage in marketing to the customers in these new markets. We are also a well-known leader in ecological sustainability, as we endeavor to cease being a net “taker” from the earth. Our sustainability efforts are increasingly recognized by customers and prospects, which is an advantage as more businesses consider “green factors” when making purchase decisions.

Strong Free Cash Flow Generation. Our ability to generate strong free cash flow represents a key strength for our operations. We will have no significant debt amortization or debt maturity obligations with respect to our senior or senior subordinated notes until 2008, and our revolving credit facility does not mature until October 2007. Drawing upon the specified, high-end nature of our principal products and their premium positioning in the marketplace, we have structured our principal businesses to yield high contribution margins. Our business is also characterized by low maintenance capital expenditures, and we previously made the strategic investments necessary to establish our global manufacturing capabilities and mass customization techniques and facilities. Several of our strategic restructuring initiatives over the past three years further enhanced our ability to generate free cash flow. As a result, we have the current capacity, without significant

incremental capital expenditures, to increase production levels to handle significantly higher demand for our products — which may result from either or both of (1) improved economic conditions and (2) the continued expansion of our business in non-corporate office market segments — and thus to generate significantly higher levels of free cash flow in the future.

Innovative Product Design and Development Capabilities. Our product design and development capabilities have long given us a significant competitive advantage, and they continue to do so as modular carpet’s appeal and utilization expand across virtually every market segment and around the globe. With our most recent design innovation — our new i2^TM modular product line, which includes our Entropy® product — we are defining the standards for modular carpet today. These standards feature random patterning designs (which allow for mergeable dye lots and permit initial installation and replacement without regard to the directional orientation of the carpet tiles), cost-efficient installation and maintenance, interactive flexibility, and recycled and recyclable materials. In just over two years, our i2 line of products now comprises approximately 20% of our total U.S. modular carpet business, and Entropy has become the fastest growing product in our history. Biomorph^TM, another one of our i2 products, garnered the Best of NeoCon Gold Award at the 2003 NeoCon annual trade show. We introduced more than 20 new i2 products at that show, which we believe was several times more than the product introductions of any of our competitors. Our i2 products represent a differentiated category of smart, environmentally sensitive and stylish modular carpet. Our long-standing exclusive consulting relationship with award-winning design firm David Oakey Designs, Inc. (Oakey Designs) remains vibrant and augments our internal research, development and design staff. Oakey Designs has a pivotal role in developing our i2 product line. We also utilize our consulting relationship with the highly-regarded design firm Suzanne Tick, Inc. to steward and design our Prince Street brand broadloom carpets and area rugs.

Make-to-Order and Low-Cost Global Manufacturing Capabilities. The success of our modernization and restructuring of operations over the past several years gives us a distinct competitive advantage in meeting two principal requirements of the specified products markets we primarily target — that is, providing custom samples quickly and on-time delivery of customized final products. Approximately 85% of our modular carpet products in the United States and Asia-Pacific markets are now made-to-order, and we are increasing our made-to-order production in Europe as well. Our make-to-order capabilities not only enhance our marketing and sales, they significantly improve our inventory turns. Our global manufacturing capabilities in modular carpet production are an important component of this strength, and give us a particular advantage in serving the needs of multinational corporate customers that require products and services at various locations around the world. Global manufacturing locations also enable us to compete effectively with local producers in our international markets, while giving international customers more favorable delivery times and freight costs.

Experienced and Motivated Management and Sales Force. An important component of our competitive position is the strength of our management team and its commitment to developing and maintaining an engaged and accountable work force. Over the past two years, we have augmented our senior management team in several areas with experienced executives. Our team is highly skilled and dedicated to guiding our overall growth and expansion into our targeted new market segments, while maintaining our dominance in traditional markets and advancing our high contribution margins and free cash flow generation strategic initiatives. We utilize an internal marketing and predominantly commissioned sales force of over 750 experienced personnel, stationed at over 75 locations in over 30 countries, to market our products and services in person to our customers. We have also developed special features for our incentive compensation and our sales and marketing training programs in order to promote performance and facilitate leadership by our executives in strategic areas.

Our business strategy is (1) to continue to leverage our dominant position in the modular carpet segment and our unique product design and global make-to-order capabilities in order to exploit the expanding markets for modular products across industry segments, while maintaining our leadership position in the corporate office market segment, and (2) to return to our historical profit levels in the high-end, designer-oriented sector

of the broadloom carpet and interior fabrics markets. We will seek to increase revenues, free cash flow and profitability by capitalizing on our competitive strengths through the following principal strategic initiatives:

Penetrate Expanding Markets for Modular Products. The popularity of modular carpet continues to increase compared with other floorcovering products across most markets, internationally as well as in the United States. While maintaining our dominance in the corporate office segment, we will continue to leverage our position as the worldwide leader for modular carpet in order to drive sales in all market segments globally. Our recently introduced i2 product line and marketing campaign — which highlights our Entropy, Transformation^TM, Frequency^TM and Cubic^TM modular carpet products — are defining the standards for modular carpet today, across market segments and globally. These standards are based on the features that our i2 line is pioneering: random patterning, mergeable dye lots, cost-efficient installation and maintenance, interactive flexibility, and recycled and recyclable materials. As part of our focus on the approximately $11 billion U.S. residential carpet market segment, we recently launched our InterfaceFLOR and Prince Street House and Home product lines, which are discussed below. A principal part of our international focus — which leverages our global marketing capabilities and sales infrastructure — is the significant opportunities in several emerging geographic markets for modular carpet. Some of these markets, such as China, India and Eastern Europe, represent large and growing economies that are essentially new markets for interiors products, which we believe are going directly to high utilization of modular products. Others, such as Germany, which is the second largest carpet market in the world, are established markets that are transitioning to the use of modular products from historically low levels of penetration by modular carpet. Each of these emerging markets represents a significant growth opportunity for our modular business. Our initiative to penetrate these markets will include drawing upon our internationally preeminent Heuga brand. For example, we successfully introduced a mid-priced Heuga brand into Asia in 2003, and we plan similar products for other regions while also marketing products based on our new i2 line.

Increase All Product Sales in Non-Corporate Office Market Segments. In both our floorcoverings and fabrics businesses, we will continue to focus product design and marketing and sales efforts on non-corporate office market segments such as government, education, healthcare, hospitality, retail, tenant improvement and residential space. We began this initiative as part of our segment diversification strategy in 2001 primarily to reduce our exposure to the more severe economic cyclicality of the corporate office segment, and we reduced our mix of corporate office versus non-corporate office sales from 70% and 30% in fiscal 2002 to 67% and 33% for fiscal 2003. To implement this strategy, we have:


	•	introduced specialized product offerings tailored to the unique demands of these segments, including specific designs, functionalities and price points;

	•	created special sales teams dedicated to penetrating these segments at a high level, with a focus on specific customer accounts rather than geographic territories; and

	•	realigned incentives for our corporate office segment sales force generally in order to encourage their efforts, where appropriate, to assist our penetration of these other segments.

As part of this strategy for the U.S. residential market segment, we launched our InterfaceFLOR and Prince Street House and Home lines of products in 2003. These products were specifically created to bring high style modular and broadloom floorcovering to the residential market. As part of its marketing approach, InterfaceFLOR offers direct-to-consumer sales by catalog and website. In addition, we are test-marketing in-store sales for these products, including a program by which a number of our residential modular products are being offered by Lowe’s, the home-improvement retailer, in certain of its stores on a test basis.

Advance Ecological Sustainability. Our goal and commitment to be ecologically “sustainable” by 2020 — that is, the point at which we are no longer a net “taker” from the earth and do no harm to the biosphere — is both a strategic initiative and a competitive strength. Increasingly, our customers are concerned about the environmental and broader ecological implications of their operations and the products they use in them. Our commitment to sustainability preceded the market’s interest, and it is ingrained in our culture. Our leadership, knowledge and expertise in the area, especially in the “green building” movement and the related Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED) certification program, resonate deeply

with many of our customers and prospects around the globe, and these businesses are increasingly making purchase decisions based on “green” factors. Our modular carpet products historically have had inherent installation and maintenance advantages that translated into greater efficiency and waste reduction. We have further enhanced the “green” quality of our modular carpet in our new, highly successful i2 product line, and we are using raw materials and production technologies and processes in areas of our fabrics business that directly reduce the adverse impact of those operations on the environment. The 2003 Floor Focus survey of the top 250 designers named us the top company among the “green leaders”. As more customers in our target markets share our view that sustainability is good business and not just good deeds, our acknowledged leadership position should provide a differentiated advantage in competing for their business.

De-leverage Our Balance Sheet. One of our objectives is to use the strong free cash flow generation capability of our business to repay our existing debt and to continue to strengthen our financial position. Our prior initiatives have positioned us to do so. We will continue to execute programs to reduce costs further and enhance free cash flow. In addition, our existing capacity to increase production levels without significant capital expenditures will further enhance our generation of free cash flow when demand for our products rises as a result of improved economic conditions generally or the increase in revenues otherwise from our other strategic initiatives.

Continue to Tighten Our Supply Chain and Cost Containment Generally. For 2003, our Company-wide, end-to-end, supply chain management program continued to drive performance improvement across our businesses around the world. That program — which focuses on the three major areas of inventory performance, accounts receivable optimization, and supplier and spending management — has instituted a cultural shift within our company because of its immediate and demonstrable bottom line results. For example, inventory turns for 2003 increased in all of our major businesses over 2002 levels (turns in the Americas modular business up by 11.2%, European modular business up by 6.3%, Asia-Pacific modular business up by 19.4%; broadloom business up by 7.2%; and Fabrics Group up by 11.9%). Beyond that initiative, we have been steadily trimming costs from our operations for several years, through multiple and sometimes painful initiatives, which has served to make us stronger today and for the future. For example, since 2000, we have rationalized our operations by closing 12 manufacturing facilities; reduced our worldwide workforce by over 30%; trimmed annual selling, general and administrative expenses by approximately $60 million; and reduced the total number of SKUs in our broadloom business by approximately 46%. We will continue to implement prudent initiatives in these and other areas in order to further eliminate or contain costs, while remaining poised to capitalize upon market improvements.

Interface is the world’s largest manufacturer and marketer of modular carpet, with a global market share of approximately 35%. Modular carpet includes carpet tile and structure-backed two-meter roll goods. We also manufacture and sell broadloom carpet, which generally consists of tufted carpet sold primarily in twelve-foot rolls, under the Bentley and Prince Street brands. Our broadloom operations focus on the high quality, designer-oriented sector of the U.S. broadloom carpet market. We also offer a vinyl hard flooring product in Europe under the brand Scan-Lock^TM.

Modular Carpet. Our modular carpet system, which is marketed under the preeminent global brands Interface and Heuga, and more recently under the Bentley and Prince Street brands, utilizes carpet tiles cut in precise, dimensionally stable squares (usually 50 square centimeters) or rectangles to produce a floorcovering that combines the appearance and texture of broadloom carpet with the advantages of a modular carpet system. Our GlasBac® technology employs a unique, fiberglass-reinforced polymeric composite backing that allows tile to be installed and remain flat on the floor without the need for general application of adhesives or use of fasteners. We also make carpet tiles with a backing containing post-industrial and/or post-consumer recycled materials, which we market under the GlasBac RE trademark.

Our carpet tile has become popular for a number of reasons. First, carpet tile incorporating this reinforced backing may be easily removed and replaced, permitting rearrangement of furniture without the inconvenience

and expense associated with removing, replacing or repairing other soft surface flooring products, including broadloom carpeting. Because a relatively small portion of a carpet installation often receives the bulk of traffic and wear, the ability to rotate carpet tiles between high traffic and low traffic areas and to selectively replace worn tiles can significantly increase the average life and cost efficiency of the floorcovering. In addition, carpet tile facilitates access to sub-floor air delivery systems and telephone, electrical, computer and other wiring by lessening disruption of operations. It also eliminates the cumulative damage and unsightly appearance commonly associated with frequent cutting of conventional carpet as utility connections and disconnections are made. We believe that, within the overall floorcovering market, the worldwide demand for modular carpet is increasing as more customers recognize these advantages.

We use a number of conventional and technologically advanced methods of carpet construction to produce carpet tiles in a wide variety of colors, patterns, textures, pile heights and densities. These varieties are designed to meet both the practical and aesthetic needs of a broad spectrum of commercial interiors — particularly offices, healthcare facilities, airports, educational and other institutions, hospitality spaces, and retail facilities — and residential interiors. Our carpet tile systems permit distinctive styling and patterning that can be used to complement interior designs, to set off areas for particular purposes and to convey graphic information. While we continue to manufacture and sell a substantial portion of our carpet tile in standard styles, an increasing percentage of our modular carpet sales is custom or made-to-order product designed to meet customer specifications.

In addition to general uses of our carpet tile, we produce and sell a specially adapted version of our carpet tile for the healthcare facilities market. Our carpet tile possesses characteristics — such as the use of the Intersept antimicrobial, static-controlling nylon yarns, and thermally pigmented, colorfast yarns — which make it suitable for use in these facilities in place of hard surface flooring. Through our relationship with Oakey Designs, we also have created modular carpet products specifically designed for each of the education, hospitality and retail market segments. Moreover, we recently launched our InterfaceFLOR line of products to specifically target modular carpet sales to the residential market segment.

We also manufacture and sell two-meter roll goods that are structure-backed and offer many of the advantages of both carpet tile and broadloom carpet. These roll goods are often used in conjunction with carpet tiles to create special design effects. Our current principal customers for these products are in the education, healthcare and government sectors.

Broadloom Carpet. We maintain a significant share of the high-end, designer-oriented broadloom carpet segment by combining innovative product design and short production and delivery times with a marketing strategy aimed at interior designers, architects and other specifiers. Our Bentley designs emphasize the dramatic use of color, while unique, multi-dimensional textured carpets with a hand-tufted look are the hallmark of Prince Street broadloom products. We engaged the highly-regarded design firm Suzanne Tick, Inc. to advance our Prince Street broadloom carpets. In addition, with the design assistance of Suzanne Tick, we recently launched the Prince Street House and Home collection of high-style broadloom carpet and area rugs targeted at design-oriented residential consumers.

We provide or arrange for commercial carpet installation services, primarily through our Re:Source® service provider network. The network in the United States includes owned and affiliated commercial floorcovering contractors strategically located in approximately 100 locations covering most of the major metropolitan areas of the United States. In Australia, we offer these services through the largest single carpet distributor in that country. In addition, we are working to strengthen our alliances with contractors in Europe so that we may also offer turnkey services to our European carpet customers. The services of the network allow us to:


	•	monitor and enhance customer satisfaction throughout the product ownership cycle;

	•	reduce our cost of selling by bolstering efforts of sales representatives at the mill level with local contractor-level support;


	•	expand into new market segments; and

	•	if our efforts to increase operating efficiencies of the network are successful, improve our margins by combining product and service offerings.

The services of the network also include a carpet maintenance program in the United States using our Re:Source Floor Care maintenance system, which includes a custom-engineered maintenance methodology and the Re:Source line of cleaning chemicals. In Europe, we offer a comparable version of the maintenance program, IMAGE^TM, through which we license selected independent service contractors to provide carpet maintenance services.

The network also provides carpet replacement services using our Renovisions® process. This process utilizes patented lifting equipment and specialty tools to lift office equipment and modular workstations in place, permitting the economical replacement of existing carpet with virtually no disruption of the customer’s business. Other proprietary products facilitate the movement of file cabinets, office furniture, and even complete workstations, avoiding the inefficiency and disruption associated with emptying and dismantling these items.

In addition, the network provides a channel for delivery of a variety of additional services and products that we offer, including furniture moving and installation, furniture refurbishment, project management, maintenance, carpet reclamation and recycling through our Re:Entry^TM reclamation system, Re:Source Technologies brand adhesives, and specialty products (such as mats and foam products) manufactured by Pandel, Inc.

We have worked diligently over the past several years to increase the operating efficiencies of this network and to improve its financial performance by taking advantage of its contractor infrastructure. We will continue to seek the most efficient and profitable approach for us to deliver these services for our customers.

We traditionally focused our carpet marketing strategy on major accounts, seeking to build lasting relationships with national and multinational end-users, and on architects, engineers, interior designers, contracting firms, and other specifiers who often make or significantly influence purchasing decisions. While most of our sales are in the corporate office segment, both new construction and renovation, we emphasize sales in other segments, including retail space, government institutions, schools, healthcare facilities, tenant improvement space, hospitality centers, residences and home office space. We began this initiative as part of our segment diversification strategy in 2001 primarily to reduce our exposure to the more severe economic cyclicality of the corporate office segment, and we reduced our mix of corporate office versus non-corporate office sales from 70% and 30% in fiscal 2002 to 67% and 33% for fiscal 2003. Our marketing efforts are enhanced by the established and well-known brand names of our carpet products, including the preeminent Interface and Heuga brands in modular carpet and Bentley and Prince Street brands in broadloom carpet. Our exclusive consulting agreement with the award-winning, premier design firm Oakey Designs has enabled us to introduce more than 150 new carpet designs in the United States alone since 1994.

An important part of our marketing and sales efforts involves the preparation of custom-made samples of requested carpet designs, in conjunction with the development of innovative product designs and styles to meet the customer’s particular needs. Our mass customization initiative simplified our carpet manufacturing operations, which significantly improved our ability to respond quickly and efficiently to requests for samples. The turnaround time for us to produce made-to-order carpet samples to customer specifications has been reduced from an average of 30 days to less than five days, and the average number of carpet samples produced per month has increased tenfold since the mid 1990s. This sample production ability has significantly enhanced our marketing and sales efforts and has increased our volume of higher margin custom or made-to-order sales. In addition, through our websites, we have made it easy to view and request samples of our products.

We primarily use our internal marketing and sales force to market our carpet products. In order to implement our global marketing efforts, we have product showrooms or design studios in the United States,

Canada, Mexico, Brazil, Denmark, England, Ireland, France, Germany, Spain, the Netherlands, Australia, Japan and Singapore. We expect to open offices in other locations around the world as necessary to capitalize on emerging marketing opportunities.

We manufacture carpet at two locations in the United States and at facilities in the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia and Thailand. We also manufacture vinyl flooring in the United Kingdom.

Historically, we operated two U.S. broadloom manufacturing facilities to produce our Bentley and Prince Street broadloom brands. These facilities, which were located in City of Industry, California and Cartersville, Georgia, had been operating at less than full capacity. In 2000, we moved the manufacturing operations for our Prince Street brand from Cartersville, Georgia and integrated them into our City of Industry, California facility, which had produced our Bentley brand products, in order to reduce excess capacity and increase capacity utilization. The operations, as combined, now function under the corporate name Bentley Prince Street, Inc.

Having foreign manufacturing operations enables us to supply our customers with carpet from the location offering the most advantageous delivery times, duties and tariffs, exchange rates, and freight expense, and enhances our ability to develop a strong local presence in foreign markets. We believe that the ability to offer consistent products and services on a worldwide basis at attractive prices is an important competitive advantage in servicing multinational customers seeking global supply relationships. We will consider additional locations for manufacturing operations in other parts of the world as necessary to meet the demands of customers in international markets.

In the mid 1990s, we implemented a manufacturing plan in which we substantially standardized our worldwide manufacturing procedures. In connection with the implementation of this plan, we adopted global standards for our tufting equipment, yarn systems and product styling and changed our standard carpet tile size from 18 square inches to 50 square centimeters. We believe that changing our standard carpet tile size has allowed us to reduce operational waste and fossil fuel energy consumption and to offer consistent product sizing for our global customers.

The environmental management systems of our floorcovering manufacturing facilities in LaGrange, Georgia, West Point, Georgia, West Yorkshire, England, Northern Ireland, Australia, the Netherlands, Canada and Thailand are certified under International Standards Organization (ISO) Standard No. 14001.

Our significant international operations are subject to various political, economic and other uncertainties, including risks of restrictive taxation policies, foreign exchange restrictions, changing political conditions and governmental regulations. We also receive a substantial portion of our revenues in currencies other than U.S. dollars, which makes us subject to the risks inherent in currency translations. Although our ability to manufacture and ship products from facilities in several foreign countries reduces the risks of foreign currency fluctuations we might otherwise experience, we also engage from time to time in hedging programs intended to further reduce those risks.

We compete, on a global basis, in the sale of our floorcovering products with other carpet manufacturers and manufacturers of vinyl and other types of floorcoverings. Although the industry has experienced significant consolidation, a large number of manufacturers remain in the industry. We believe we are the largest manufacturer of modular carpet in the world, possessing a global market share that is approximately twice that of our nearest competitor. However, a number of domestic and foreign competitors manufacture modular carpet as one segment of their business, and some of these competitors have financial resources greater than ours. In addition, some of the competing carpet manufacturers have the ability to extrude at least some of their requirements for fiber used in carpet products, which decreases their dependence on third party suppliers of fiber.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our primary floorcovering markets are quality, design, service, broad product lines, product performance, marketing strategy and pricing. In the corporate office market, modular carpet competes with various floorcoverings, of which broadloom carpet is the most common. The quality, service, design, better and longer average product performance, flexibility (design options, selective rotation or replacement, use in combination with roll goods) and convenience of our modular carpet are our principal competitive advantages.

We believe we have competitive advantages in several areas. First, having the combination of modular and broadloom carpet lines enables us to offer one-stop shopping to commercial carpet customers and, thus, to capture some sales that would have gone to competitors. Additionally, our relationship with Oakey Designs allows us to introduce numerous innovative and attractive floorcovering products to our customers. Further, we believe that our global manufacturing capabilities are an important competitive advantage in serving the needs of multinational corporate customers. We believe that the incorporation of the Intersept antimicrobial chemical agent into the backing of our modular carpet enhances our ability to compete successfully with resilient tile in the healthcare market.

In addition, we believe that our goal and commitment to be ecologically “sustainable” by 2020 — that is, the point at which we are no longer a net “taker” from the earth and do no harm to the biosphere — is a competitive strength as well as a strategic initiative. Increasingly, our customers are concerned about the environmental and broader ecological implications of their operations and the products they use in them. Our commitment to sustainability preceded the market’s interest, and it is ingrained in our culture. Our leadership, knowledge and expertise in the area, especially in the “green building” movement and the related LEED certification program, resonate deeply with many of our customers and prospects around the globe, and these businesses are increasingly making purchase decisions based on “green” factors.

Our Fabrics Group designs, manufactures and markets specialty fabrics for open plan office furniture systems and commercial and residential interiors. Open plan office furniture systems are typically panel-enclosed work stations customized to particular work environments. The open plan concept offers a number of advantages over conventional office designs, including more efficient floor space utilization, reduced energy consumption and greater flexibility to redesign existing space.

Our Fabrics Group includes the leading U.S. manufacturer of panel fabrics for use in open plan office furniture systems, with a market share of approximately 50%. Sales of panel fabrics constituted 52% of the Fabrics Group’s total North American fabrics sales in fiscal 2003. We are also the leading manufacturer of contract upholstery sold to office furniture manufacturers and contract jobbers in the United States and United Kingdom, with market shares in those countries in fiscal 2003 of approximately 35% and 67%, respectively.

In 2003, we placed our Fabrics Group under new senior management, which has further focused our efforts to improve its operating efficiencies and results of performance. We have consolidated fabrics manufacturing facilities and eliminated underperforming product offerings, while maintaining the high level of awareness for our fabrics brands.

During the 1990s, we diversified and expanded significantly both our product offerings and markets for interior fabrics through several strategic acquisitions domestically and internationally. Our acquisition of the furniture fabrics assets of the Chatham Manufacturing division of CMI Industries, Inc. in 2000 established our dominance as the leading manufacturer of upholstery for the contract furniture manufacturer and contract jobber markets. Our 2000 acquisition of Teknit Limited, with operations in both the United Kingdom and Michigan, added three-dimensional knitted upholstery fabrics to our product portfolio, including the fabric often used on the arms of Herman Miller, Inc.’s renowned Aeron chair. All of these developments have reinforced the Fabrics Group’s dominant position with original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) of movable

office furniture systems. In addition, we manufacture other interior fabrics products, including wall covering fabrics, fabrics used for window treatments and fabrics used for cubicle curtains.

We manufacture fabrics made of 100% polyester, as well as wool-polyester blends and numerous other natural and man-made blends, which are either woven or knitted. Our products feature a high degree of color consistency, natural dimensional stability and fire retardancy, in addition to their overall aesthetic appeal. All of our product lines are color and texture coordinated. We seek continuously to enhance product performance and attractiveness through experimentation with different fibers, dyes, chemicals and manufacturing processes. Product innovation in the interior fabrics market (similar to the floorcoverings market) is important to achieving and maintaining market share.

We market a line of fabrics manufactured from recycled, recyclable or compostable materials under the Terratex® brand. The Terratex line includes both new products and traditional product offerings and includes products made from 100% post-consumer recycled polyester, 100% post-industrial recycled polyester and 100% post-consumer recycled wool. The first fabric to bear the Terratex label was Guilford of Maine’s FR-701® line of panel fabrics. We market seating fabrics under the Terratex label as well. Over the past few years, we have continued building awareness of the Terratex brand. These products have been well received and are gaining momentum in the market, and we plan to expand our offerings under this label.

Our TekSolutions® operations provide the services of laminating fabrics onto substrates for pre-formed panels, coating fabrics with various treatments, warehousing fabrics for third parties, and cutting fabrics and other materials. We believe that significant market opportunities exist for the provision of this and other ancillary textile sequencing and processing services to OEMs and intend to participate in these opportunities.

We anticipate that future growth opportunities will arise from the growing market for retrofitting services, where fabrics are used to re-cover existing panels. In addition, the increased importance being placed on the aesthetic design of office space should lead to a significant increase in upholstery fabric sales. Our management also believes that additional growth opportunities exist in international sales, domestic healthcare markets, automotive, contract wallcoverings and window treatments.

Our principal interior fabrics customers are OEMs of movable office furniture systems, and the Fabrics Group sells to essentially all of the major office furniture manufacturers. The Fabrics Group also sells to contract jobbers and to manufacturers and distributors of wallcoverings, vertical blinds, cubicle curtains, acoustical wallboards, ceiling tiles and residential furniture. The Guilford of Maine, Toltec, Intek, Chatham and Camborne brand names are well-known in the industry and enhance our fabric marketing efforts.

The majority of our interior fabrics sales are made through the Fabrics Group’s own sales force. The sales team works closely with designers, architects, facility planners and other specifiers who influence the purchasing decisions of buyers in the interior fabrics segment. In addition to facilitating sales, the resulting relationships also provide us with marketing and design ideas that are incorporated into the development of new product offerings. The Fabrics Group maintains a design studio in Grand Rapids, Michigan which facilitates coordination between its in-house designers and the design staffs of major customers. Our interior fabrics sales offices and showrooms are located in New York City; Grand Rapids, Michigan; Elkin, North Carolina; High Point, North Carolina; Hickory, North Carolina; Greensboro, North Carolina; and the United Kingdom. The Fabrics Group also has marketing and distribution facilities in Canada, Mexico and Hong Kong, and sales representatives in Japan, Hong Kong, Germany, Singapore, Malaysia, Korea, Australia, United Arab Emirates, Dubai and South Africa. We have sought increasingly, over the past several years, to expand our export business and international operations in the fabrics segment.

Our fabrics manufacturing facilities are located in Maine; Massachusetts; Michigan; North Carolina; Nottingham, England; Meltham, England; and Mirfield, England. The production of synthetic and wool-blended fabrics is a relatively complex, multi-step process. Raw fiber and yarn are placed in pressurized vats in

which dyes are forced into the fiber. Particular attention is devoted to this dyeing process, which requires a high degree of precision and expertise in order to achieve color consistency. All raw materials used by us are readily available from a number of sources. The Fabrics Group also now uses 100% recycled fiber manufactured from PET soda bottles in some of its manufacturing processes.

In response to a shift in the Fabrics Group’s traditional panel fabric market towards lighter-weight, less expensive products, we implemented a major capital investment program in the mid 1990s that included the construction of a new facility and the acquisition of equipment to enhance the efficiency and breadth of the Fabrics Group’s yarn manufacturing processes. The program improved the Fabrics Group’s cost effectiveness in producing lighter-weight fabrics, reduced manufacturing cycle time and enabled the Fabrics Group to reinforce its product leadership position with its OEM customers. The acquisition of Intek provided us with immediate and significant capabilities in the efficient production of lighter-weight, less expensive panel fabrics, and the acquisition of Camborne provided a European-based manufacturing facility and much needed expertise in the production of wool fabrics. We believe we have been successful in designing fabrics that have simplified the manufacturing process, thereby reducing complexity while improving efficiency and quality.

Our TekSolutions textile processing operations (including fabric lamination, coating, warehousing and cutting) are located in Grand Rapids, Michigan, in close proximity to several large customers of the Fabrics Group.

The environmental management system of the Fabrics Group’s largest facility, located in Guilford, Maine, has been granted ISO 14001 certification. Our East Douglas, Massachusetts and Meltham, England fabrics manufacturing facilities are also certified under ISO 14001.

We compete in the interior fabrics market on the basis of product design, quality, reliability, price and service. By historically concentrating on the open plan office furniture systems segment, the Fabrics Group has been able to specialize our manufacturing capabilities, product offerings and service functions, resulting in a leading market position. Management believes we are the largest U.S. manufacturer of panel fabric for use in open plan office furniture systems.

With the May 2000 acquisition of the Chatham furniture fabrics assets, we became the largest U.S. manufacturer of contract upholstery fabrics for office furniture manufacturers and contract jobbers. We believe our share of the U.S. contract upholstery market is nearly double that of our closest competitor.

Through our other strategic acquisitions, we have been successfully diversifying our product offerings for the commercial interiors market to include a variety of other fabrics, including three-dimensional knitted upholstery products, cubicle curtains, wallcoverings, ceiling fabrics and window treatments. The competition in these segments of the market is highly fragmented and includes both large, diversified textile companies, several of which have greater financial resources than us, as well as smaller, non-integrated specialty manufacturers. However, our capabilities and strong brand names in these segments should enable us to continue to compete successfully.

Our Specialty Products business segment currently is composed of Pandel, Inc., which produces vinyl carpet tile backing and specialty mat and foam products, and our Intersept antimicrobial sales and licensing program. In 2003, we sold our U.S. raised/access flooring business and our adhesives and other specialty chemicals production business. We continue to manufacture and sell our Intercell® brand raised/access flooring product in Europe.

We sell a proprietary antimicrobial chemical compound under the registered trademark Intersept. We use Intersept in all of our modular carpet products and have licensed Intersept to other companies for use in a number of products that are noncompetitive with our products, such as paint, vinyl wallcoverings, ceiling tiles and air filters. In addition, we produce and market Fatigue Fighter®, an impact-absorbing modular flooring system typically used where people stand for extended periods.

Through an agreement with the purchaser of our adhesive and specialty chemicals production business, we continue to market a line of adhesives for carpet installation, as well as a line of carpet cleaning and maintenance chemicals, under the Re:Source brand.

We maintain an active research, development and design staff of over 75 people and also draw on the research and development efforts of our suppliers, particularly in the areas of fibers, yarns and modular carpet backing materials.

Interface Research (IRC) provides technical support and advanced materials research and development for the entire family of Interface companies. IRC developed our NexStep® backing, which employs moisture-impervious polycarbite precoating technology with a chlorine-free urethane foam secondary backing, and also developed a post-consumer recycled, polyvinyl chloride, or PVC, extruded sheet process that has been incorporated into our GlasBac RE modular carpet backing. Our post-consumer PVC extruded sheet exemplifies our commitment to “closing-the-loop” in recycling. With a goal of supporting sustainable product designs in both floorcoverings and interior fabrics applications, IRC is a frontrunner in evaluating 100% renewable polymers based on corn-derived polylactic acid (PLA) for use in our products and the development of post-consumer recycling technology for nylon face fibers. IRC also is continuing its development efforts with resilient textile flooring, a new category of product that combines the functional and aesthetic benefits of resilient flooring and carpet.

IRC is the home of our EcoSense initiative and supports the dissemination, consultancies and technical communication of our global sustainability endeavors. In addition, IRC’s President also serves as the Chairman of the Envirosense Consortium, an organization concerned with addressing workplace environmental issues. IRC’s laboratories provide all biochemical and technical support to Intersept antimicrobial product initiatives, which initiatives were the basis for founding the Consortium and for its focus on indoor air quality.

Innovation and increased customization in product design and styling are the principal focus of our product development efforts at both IRC and our manufacturing locations. Our carpet design and development team is recognized as the industry leader in carpet design and product engineering for the commercial and institutional markets. Since our relationship with Oakey Designs began, we have introduced over 150 new carpet designs and have enjoyed considerable success in winning U.S. carpet industry awards.

Oakey Designs also contributed to our implementation of the product development concept — “simple inputs, pretty outputs” — resulting in the ability to efficiently produce many products from a single yarn system. Our mass customization production approach evolved, in major part, from this concept. In addition to increasing the number and variety of product designs, which enables us to increase high margin custom sales, the mass customization approach increases inventory turns and reduces inventory levels (for both raw materials and standard products) and their related costs because of our more rapid and flexible production capabilities.

More recently, our new i2 product line — which includes our Entropy, Transformation, Frequency and Cubic modular carpet products — has revolutionized the design of modular carpet and is defining the standards for modular carpet today, across market segments and around the world. These standards are based on the features that our i2 line is pioneering: random patterning, mergeable dye lots, cost-efficient installation and maintenance, interactive flexibility and recycled and recyclable materials. These products may be installed without regard to the directional orientation of the carpet tile or the dye lot from which the carpet tile was manufactured, and their features also make installation, maintenance and replacement of modular carpet easier, less expensive and less wasteful.

Oakey Designs’ services, which have been integral in the development of our i2 product line, have been extended from a primary focus on domestic carpet tile to our international carpet tile operations. Our exclusive consulting agreement with Oakey Designs extends through May 2006. In addition, we have retained the design services of the highly-regarded firm Suzanne Tick, Inc., affiliated with Tuva Looms, a carpet company known

In the latter part of 1994, we commenced a new industrial ecology initiative called EcoSense, inspired in part by the interest of customers concerned about the environmental implications of how they and their suppliers do business. However, our goal and commitment to achieving ecological sustainability preceded the market’s interest. EcoSense, which includes our QUEST waste reduction initiative, is directed towards the elimination of energy and raw materials waste in our businesses, and, on a broader and more long-term scale, the practical reclamation — and ultimate restoration — of shared environmental resources. The initiative involves a commitment by us:


	•	to learn to meet our raw material and energy needs through recycling of carpet and other petrochemical products and harnessing benign energy sources; and

	•	to pursue the creation of new processes to help sustain the earth’s non-renewable natural resources.

We have engaged some of the world’s leading authorities on global ecology as environmental advisors. The list of advisors includes: Paul Hawken, author of The Ecology of Commerce: A Declaration of Sustainability and The Next Economy, and co-author with Amory Lovins and Hunter Lovins of Natural Capitalism: Creating the Next Industrial Revolution; Mr. Lovins, energy consultant and co-founder of the Rocky Mountain Institute; John Picard, President of E² Environmental Enterprises; Jonathan Porritt, director of Forum for the Future; Bill Browning, director of the Rocky Mountain Institute’s Green Development Services; Dr. Karl-Henrik Robert, founder of The Natural Step; Janine M. Benyus, author of Biomimicry; Walter Stahel, Swiss businessman and seminal thinker on environmentally responsible commerce; and Bob Fox, renowned architect.

Another one of our initiatives over the past several years has been the development of the Envirosense Consortium, an organization of companies concerned with addressing workplace environmental issues, particularly poor indoor air quality. The Envirosense Consortium’s member organizations include interior products manufacturers (at least one of which is a licensee of our Intersept antimicrobial agent) and design professionals.

Our leadership, knowledge and expertise in this area, especially in the “green building” movement and the related LEED certification program, resonate deeply with many of our customers and prospects around the globe, and these businesses are increasingly making purchase decisions based on “green” factors. As more customers in our target markets share our view that sustainability is good business and not just good deeds, our acknowledged leadership position should provide a differentiated advantage in competing for their business.

Our backlog of unshipped orders (excluding the discontinued operations of our U.S. raised/access flooring business) was approximately $129.1 million at March 1, 2004, compared to approximately $122.5 million at March 1, 2003. Historically, backlog is subject to significant fluctuations due to the timing of orders for individual large projects and currency fluctuations. All of the backlog of orders at March 1, 2004 are expected to be shipped during the succeeding six to nine months.

We own numerous patents in the United States and abroad on floorcovering and raised/access flooring products, on manufacturing processes and on the use of our Intersept antimicrobial chemical agent in various products. The duration of United States patents is between 14 and 20 years from the date of filing of a patent application or issuance of the patent; the duration of patents issued in other countries varies from country to country. We consider our know-how and technology more important to our current business than patents, and, accordingly, believe that expiration of existing patents or nonissuance of patents under pending applications

would not have a material adverse effect on our operations. However, we maintain an active patent and trade secret program in order to protect our proprietary technology, know-how and trade secrets.

We also own many trademarks in the United States and abroad. In addition to the United States, the primary countries in which we have registered our trademarks are the United Kingdom, Germany, Italy, France, Canada, Australia, Japan, and various countries in Central and South America. Some of our more prominent registered trademarks include: Interface, Heuga, Intersept, GlasBac, Re:Source, Guilford, Guilford of Maine, Bentley, Prince Street, Intercell, Chatham, Camborne, Terratex and FR-701. Trademark registrations in the United States are valid for a period of 10 years and are renewable for additional 10-year periods as long as the mark remains in actual use. The duration of trademarks registered in other countries varies from country to country.

The Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements appearing in Item 8 of this Report set forth information concerning our sales, income and assets by operating segments, and our sales and long-lived assets by geographic areas. Additional information regarding sales by operating segment is set forth in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.”

At December 28, 2003, we employed a total of approximately 5,210 employees worldwide. Of such employees, approximately 2,390 are clerical, sales, supervisory and management personnel and 2,820 are manufacturing and carpet service/installation personnel. We also utilized approximately 210 temporary personnel as of December 28, 2003.

Some of the service businesses within the Re:Source service network have employee groups that are represented by unions. In addition, some of our production employees in Australia and the United Kingdom are represented by unions. In the Netherlands, a Works Council, the members of which are Interface employees, is required to be consulted by management with respect to certain matters relating to our operations in that country, such as a change in control of Interface Europe B.V. (our modular carpet subsidiary based in the Netherlands), and the approval of the Council is required for certain actions, including changes in compensation scales or employee benefits. Our management believes that its relations with the Works Council, the unions and all of its employees are good.

Our operations are subject to laws and regulations relating to the generation, storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of materials into the environment. The costs of complying with environmental protection laws and regulations have not had a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations in the past and are not expected to have a material adverse impact in the future. The environmental management systems of our floorcovering manufacturing facilities in LaGrange, Georgia, West Point, Georgia, West Yorkshire, England, Northern Ireland, Australia, the Netherlands, Canada and Thailand are certified under ISO 14001. The environmental management systems of the Fabrics Group’s facilities in Guilford, Maine, East Douglas, Massachusetts, and Meltham, England are also certified under ISO 14001.

This report on Form 10-K contains statements which may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements include statements regarding the intent, belief or current expectations of our management team, as well as the assumptions on which such statements are based. Any forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements. Important factors currently known to management that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements include risks and

uncertainties associated with economic conditions in the commercial interiors industry as well as the risks and uncertainties discussed immediately below. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes to future operating results over time.

We compete with a large number of manufacturers in the highly competitive commercial floorcovering products market, and some of these competitors have greater financial resources than we do.

The commercial floorcovering industry is highly competitive. Globally, we compete for sales of floorcovering products with other carpet manufacturers and manufacturers of vinyl and other types of floorcovering. Although the industry has experienced significant consolidation, a large number of manufacturers remain in the industry. We believe that we are the largest manufacturer of modular carpet in the world. However, a number of domestic and foreign competitors manufacture modular carpet as one segment of their business, and some of these competitors have greater financial resources than we do.

Sales of our principal products have been and may continue to be affected by cycles in the construction and renovation of commercial and institutional buildings.

Sales of our principal products are related to the construction and renovation of commercial and institutional buildings. This activity is cyclical and has been affected by the strength of a country’s or region’s general economy, prevailing interest rates and other factors that lead to cost control measures by businesses and other users of commercial or institutional space. The effects of cyclicality upon the corporate office segment tend to be more pronounced than the effects upon the institutional segment. Historically, we have generated more sales in the corporate office segment than in other markets. The effects of cyclicality upon the new construction segment of the market also tend to be more pronounced than the effects upon the renovation segment. The recent adverse cycle has significantly lessened the overall demand for commercial interiors products, which has adversely affected our business during the past several years. These effects may continue and could be more pronounced if the global economy does not improve or is further weakened.

Our success depends significantly upon the efforts, abilities and continued service of our senior management executives and our design consultants.

We believe that our success depends to a significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of our senior management executives. In addition, we rely significantly on the leadership that David Oakey of David Oakey Designs, Inc. provides to our internal design staff. Specifically, Oakey Designs provides product design/production engineering services to us under an exclusive consulting contract that contains non-competition covenants. Our current agreement with Oakey Designs extends to May 2006. The loss of any key personnel or key design consultants could have an adverse impact on our business.

Our substantial international operations are subject to various political, economic and other uncertainties.

We have substantial international operations. In fiscal 2003, approximately 36% of our net sales and a significant portion of our production were outside the United States, primarily in Europe but also in Asia-Pacific. Our corporate strategy includes the expansion and growth of our international business on a worldwide basis. As a result, our operations are subject to various political, economic and other uncertainties, including risks of restrictive taxation policies, changing political conditions and governmental regulations. We also make a substantial portion of our net sales in currencies other than U.S. dollars, which subjects us to the risks inherent in currency translations. Our ability to manufacture and ship products from facilities in several foreign countries reduces the risks of foreign currency fluctuations we might otherwise experience, and we also engage from time to time in hedging programs intended to reduce those risks further. Despite these precautions, the scope and volume of our global operations make it impossible to eliminate completely all foreign currency translation risks as an influence on our financial results.

Our Chairman, together with other insiders, currently has sufficient voting power to elect a majority of our Board of Directors.

Our Chairman, Ray C. Anderson, beneficially owns approximately 48% of our outstanding Class B Common Stock. The holders of the Class B Common Stock are entitled, as a class, to elect a majority of our Board of Directors. Therefore, Mr. Anderson, together with other insiders, has sufficient voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors. On all other matters submitted to the shareholders for a vote, the holders of the Class B Common Stock generally vote together as a single class with the holders of the Class A Common Stock. Mr. Anderson’s beneficial ownership of the outstanding Class A and Class B Common Stock combined is approximately 7%.

Large increases in the cost of petroleum-based raw materials, which we are unable to pass through to our customers, could adversely affect us.

Petroleum-based products comprise the predominant portion of the cost of raw materials that we use in manufacturing. While we attempt to match cost increases with corresponding price increases, large increases in the cost of petroleum-based raw materials could adversely affect our financial results if we are unable to pass through such price increases in raw material costs to our customers.

Unanticipated termination or interruption of any of our arrangements with our primary third-party suppliers of synthetic fiber could have a material adverse effect on us.

Invista Inc., a subsidiary of E.I. DuPont de Nemours and Company, currently supplies a significant percentage of our requirements for synthetic fiber (nylon), which is the principal raw material that we use in our carpet products. (As of March 1, 2004, we understand that DuPont has agreed in principle to sell Invista to Koch Industries, Inc.) In addition, certain other of our businesses have a high degree of dependence on their third party suppliers of synthetic fiber for certain products or markets. While we believe that there are adequate alternative sources of supply from which we could fulfill our synthetic fiber requirements, the unanticipated termination or interruption of any of our supply arrangements with our current suppliers could have a material adverse effect on us because of the cost and delay associated with shifting more business to another supplier.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness which could have important negative consequences to us.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important negative consequences to us, including: making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to such indebtedness; increasing our vulnerability to adverse general economic and industry conditions and adverse changes in governmental regulations; limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate requirements; requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate purposes; limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our less leveraged competitors.

Our Rights Agreement could discourage tender offers or other transactions that could result in shareholders receiving a premium over the market price for our stock.

Our Board of Directors has adopted a Rights Agreement pursuant to which holders of our common stock will be entitled to purchase from us a fraction of a share of our Series B Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock if a third party acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of our common stock without our consent. In addition, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to purchase the stock of an Acquiring Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement) at a discount upon the occurrence of certain triggering events. These provisions of the Rights Agreement could have the effect of discouraging tender offers or other transactions that could result in shareholders receiving a premium over the market price for our common stock.

Our executive officers, their ages as of March 1, 2004 and their principal positions with us are as follows. Executive officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

Mr. Hendrix joined us in 1983 after having worked previously for a national accounting firm. He was promoted to Treasurer in 1984, Chief Financial Officer in 1985, Vice President-Finance in 1986, Senior Vice President in October 1995 and Executive Vice President in October 2000. Mr. Hendrix became our President and Chief Executive Officer effective July 1, 2001. He has been a Director since October 1996, and has served on the Executive Committee of the Board since July 2001.

Dr. Bertolucci joined us in April 1996 as President of Interface Research Corporation and Senior Vice President of Interface. Dr. Bertolucci also serves as Chairman of the Envirosense Consortium, which was founded by Interface and focuses on addressing workplace environmental issues. From October 1989 until joining us, he was Vice President of Technology for Highland Industries, an industrial fabrics company located in Greensboro, North Carolina.

Mr. Wells joined us in February 1994 as Vice President-Sales of Interface Flooring Systems, Inc. (our principal U.S. modular carpet subsidiary) and was promoted to Senior Vice President-Sales & Marketing of IFS in October 1994. He was promoted to Vice President of Interface and President of IFS in July 1995. In March 1998, Mr. Wells was also named President of both Prince Street Technologies, Ltd. and Bentley Mills, Inc., making him President of all three of our U.S. carpet mills. In November 1999, Mr. Wells was named Senior Vice President of Interface, and President and CEO of Interface Americas Holdings, Inc. (formerly Interface Americas, Inc.), thereby assuming operations responsibility for all of our businesses in the Americas, except for the Fabrics Group.

Mr. Willoch, who previously practiced with an Atlanta law firm, joined us in June 1990 as Corporate Counsel. He was promoted to Assistant Secretary in 1991, Assistant Vice President in 1993, Vice President in January 1996, Secretary and General Counsel in August 1996, and Senior Vice President in February 1998. In July 2001, he was named Senior Vice President-Administration and assumed corporate responsibility for various staff functions.

Mr. Coombs originally worked for us from 1988 to 1993 as a marketing manager for our Heuga carpet tile operations in the United Kingdom and later for all of our European floorcovering operations. In 1996, Mr. Coombs returned to us as Managing Director of our Australian operations. He was promoted in 1998 to Vice President-Sales and Marketing, Asia-Pacific, with responsibility for Australian operations and sales and marketing in Asia, which was followed by a promotion to Senior Vice President, Asia-Pacific. He was promoted to Senior Vice President, European Sales, in May 1999 and Senior Vice President, European Sales and Marketing, in April 2000. In February 2001, he was promoted to President and CEO of Interface Overseas Holdings, Inc. with responsibility for all of our floorcoverings operations in both Europe and the Asia-Pacific region, and he became a Vice President of Interface. In September 2002, Mr. Coombs relocated back to Australia, retaining responsibility for our floorcovering operations in the Asia-Pacific region while Mr. Parnell (see below) assumed responsibility for floorcovering operations in Europe.

Mr. Parnell was the Production Director for Firth Carpets (our former European broadloom operations) at the time it was acquired by us in 1997. In 1998, Mr. Parnell was promoted to Vice President, Operations for the United Kingdom, and in 1999 he was promoted to Senior Vice President, Operations for our entire European floorcovering division. In September 2002, he was promoted to President and CEO of our floorcovering operations in Europe, and became a Vice President of Interface in October 2002.

Mr. Lynch joined us in 1996 after having previously worked for a national accounting firm. He became Assistant Corporate Controller in 1998 and Assistant Vice President and Corporate Controller in 2000. Mr. Lynch was promoted to Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in July 2001.

Mr. Richard joined us in July 2003 as President of the Interface Fabrics Group and Vice President of Interface. From August 2002 through March 2003, he was a senior vice president of Collins & Aikman, Inc. with responsibilities in its fabrics business. From January 1997 through March 2002, Mr. Richard was a senior vice president of Guilford Mills, Inc., a fabrics company, and served as president of its automotive group.

Mr. Roman joined us in 1995 as General Manager of Interface Modernform Company Ltd., our modular carpet joint venture in Thailand, and was promoted to Vice President of Manufacturing for Asia in 1996. In 1998, he moved to Interface Americas, Inc. with responsibility for implementing Y2K-compliant manufacturing systems in all North American carpet operations. In 2000, Mr. Roman was named Vice President of Technical Development for Interface Americas, Inc., and, in 2001, he was named Vice President of Information Services and Business Systems for Interface Americas, Inc. In February 2004, Mr. Roman was promoted to Vice President of Interface and assumed responsibility for the creation of an information technology shared service function for Interface Americas, Inc. and the Interface Fabrics Group.

We make available free of charge on or through our Internet website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Our Internet address is http://www.interfaceinc.com.

We maintain our corporate headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia in approximately 20,000 square feet of leased space. The following table lists our principal manufacturing facilities and other material physical locations, all of which we own except as otherwise noted:

We maintain marketing offices in over 75 locations in over 30 countries and distribution facilities in approximately 40 locations in six countries. Most of our marketing locations and many of our distribution facilities are leased.

We believe that our manufacturing and distribution facilities and our marketing offices are sufficient for our present operations. We will continue, however, to consider the desirability of establishing additional facilities and offices in other locations around the world as part of our business strategy to meet expanding global market demands.

We are not aware of any material pending legal proceedings involving us, or any of our subsidiaries or any of our property. We are from time to time a party to litigation arising in the ordinary course of business.

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this Report.

Our Class A Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol IFSIA. Our Class B Common Stock is not publicly traded but is convertible into Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low closing sales prices of the Company’s Class A Common Stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market and the dividends paid per share of Common Stock.

The declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of our Board, and depends upon, among other things, our investment policy and opportunities, results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects, and other factors that may be considered relevant by our Board at the time of its determination. Such other factors include certain limitations in covenants contained in our primary revolving credit facility and in the indentures governing certain of our public indebtedness. As a result of restrictions relating to the fixed charges coverage ratio covenant contained in the indentures for our public debt, in the third quarter of 2002 we suspended our dividend payments until such time as we again achieve compliance with such covenant and our Board determines that a resumption of dividend payments is proper in light of the factors indicated above.

As of March 1, 2004, we had 938 holders of record of our Class A Common Stock and 56 holders of record of our Class B Common Stock. We believe that there are in excess of 5,500 beneficial holders of our Class A Common Stock.


(1)	In the fourth quarter of 2002, we decided to discontinue the operations related to our U.S. raised/access flooring business. Substantially all of the assets related to these operations were sold in the third quarter of 2003. The balances have been adjusted to reflect the discontinued operations of that business. For further analysis see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Discontinued Operations” included in Item 8 of this Report.

(2)	Includes restructuring charges of $6.2 million, $23.4 million, $54.6 million, $21.0 million and $1.1 million in years 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. We initiated three separate restructuring plans during 2002, 2001 and 2000. The 2003 charge was recognized with respect to the restructuring plan initiated in 2002. For further analysis of these restructuring plans and charges see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included at Item 8 of this Report. Additionally, in 1998 we initiated a restructuring plan in response to the slowdown in the Asian economy, our decision to exit the commodity-end products business in Japan, our implementation of a shared services strategy in the U.K., and the closure of two manufacturing facilities and the abandonment of other manufacturing equipment. We recognized restructuring charges with respect to this plan of $1.1 million in 1999 and $25.3 million in 1998.


(3)	In 2002, we recognized an impairment charge of $55.4 million (after-tax) related to our adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” For more information see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Item 8 of this Report.

(4)	Includes property and equipment obtained in acquisitions of businesses.

(5)	Total long-term debt does not include receivables sold under our receivables securitization program, which was terminated in June 2003 in connection with the amendment and restatement of our revolving credit facility. As of January 3, 1999, January 2, 2000, December 31, 2000, December 30, 2001 and December 29, 2002, we had sold receivables of $45.6 million, $40.0 million, $54.0 million, $34.0 million and $30.0 million, respectively.

Our revenues are derived from sales of floorcovering products (primarily modular and broadloom carpet) and related services, interior fabrics and other specialty products. Our business, as well as the commercial interiors market in general, is cyclical in nature and is impacted by economic conditions and trends that affect the markets for commercial and institutional business space. Our financial performance in recent years has been strongly tied to the corporate office segment, although we have begun to focus more of our marketing and sales efforts on non-corporate office segments to reduce in part our exposure to certain economic cycles that affect the corporate office market segment more adversely, as well as to capture additional market share.

Since 1999 (except for a modest rebound during the latter portion of 2000), the commercial interiors market as a whole, and the broadloom carpet market in particular, has experienced decreased demand levels. The general downturn in the domestic and international economy that characterized most of 2001, 2002 and 2003 further adversely affected the commercial interiors market, especially in the U.S. corporate office segment. These conditions significantly impaired our growth and profitability.

Because we have substantial international operations, we are impacted, from time to time, by certain international developments that affect foreign currency transactions. For example, the performance of the euro against the U.S. dollar, for purposes of the translation of European revenues into U.S. dollars, adversely affected us to varying degrees in 2001, when the euro was weak relative to the U.S. dollar. In 2002 and 2003, however, when the euro strengthened relative to the U.S. dollar, the translation of European revenues into U.S. dollars favorably affected our reported results.

During 2003, we had net sales of $923.5 million and a net loss of $33.3 million, or $0.66 per share (after giving effect to $6.2 million of pre-tax restructuring charges) compared with net sales of $924.1 million and a net loss of $87.7 million, or $1.75 per share, during 2002 (after giving effect to a $55.4 million after-tax write-down in 2002 associated with the implementation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142 and a $23.4 million pre-tax restructuring charge). For further comparison, in 2001, we had net sales of $1.059 billion and a net loss of $36.3 million, or $0.72 per share, after giving effect to a $54.6 million pre-tax restructuring charge in that year.

All amounts (except for net income or loss) above for all periods exclude our U.S. raised/access flooring business, which we sold in September 2003 and, as discussed below, we are reporting as “discontinued operations” for such prior periods.

In the fourth quarter of 2002, we decided to discontinue our operation of our U.S. raised/access flooring business, which had experienced a significant decline in demand, primarily due to decreased spending by technology companies. We completed the sale of substantially all of its assets to a third party in September 2003. As required by SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” we have reported the results of operations for the U.S. raised/access flooring business, for all periods reflected herein, as “discontinued operations.” As a result, our discussion of revenues or sales and other results of

operations (except for net income or loss amounts), including percentages derived from or based on such amounts, excludes the results of our U.S. raised/access flooring business unless we indicate otherwise.

Our U.S. raised/access flooring business represented revenues of $13.6 million, $22.8 million, and $45.1 million in years 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Loss from operations of that business, net of tax, was $3.9 million, $2.5 million and $10.4 million in years 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively (including pre-tax restructuring charges of $10.5 million in 2001 related to consolidation activities). We recorded an impairment charge of $12.0 million, net of tax, during the fourth quarter of 2002 to adjust the carrying value of the assets of that business to their net realizable value. In addition, in the third quarter of 2003, we recorded an after-tax loss of $8.8 million in connection with disposition of the assets.

As indicated above, we incurred substantial pre-tax restructuring charges in 2003, 2002 and 2001 — $6.2 million, $23.4 million and $54.6 million (excluding $10.5 million related to the discontinued operations of our U.S. raised/access flooring business), respectively — as we implemented various initiatives to reduce our operating costs and strengthen our ability to generate free cash flow.


	•	further rationalization of our Re:Source operations;

	•	continuation of the consolidation and rationalization commenced in 2002 with respect to three fabrics manufacturing facilities; and

	•	a reduction in force and consolidation of our corporate research and development operation.


	•	consolidation of three fabrics manufacturing facilities into other facilities;

	•	further rationalization of our Re:Source operations;

	•	a reduction in force of over 200 employees; and

	•	consolidation of certain European facilities.


	•	the closure of our European broadloom facility;

	•	further rationalization of our U.S. broadloom operations and certain European modular back-office operations;

	•	a reduction in force of over 800 employees; and

	•	the consolidation of certain non-strategic Re:Source operations.

The 2003 restructuring charge was comprised of $4.5 million of cash expenditures for severance benefits and other costs, and $1.7 million of non-cash charges, primarily for the write-down of the carrying value and disposal of certain assets. The 2002 restructuring charge was comprised of $10.6 million of cash expenditures for severance benefits and other costs, and $12.8 million of non-cash charges, primarily for the write-down of the carrying value and disposal of certain assets. The 2001 restructuring charge was comprised of $20.4 million of cash expenditures for severance benefits and other costs and $34.2 million of non-cash charges, primarily for the write-down of carrying value and disposal of assets, including goodwill. The 2001 restructuring initiatives had aspects that continued into 2002 and were completed by the end of the second quarter of 2002.

These initiatives are producing the strategic results we targeted, in that we have reduced our cost structure and have strengthened our free cash flow position. We believe the restructuring initiatives undertaken in 2002 and 2003 alone eventually will yield future annual cost savings of approximately $25 million, with cost savings of approximately $10 million in 2004, although there can be no guarantee that such savings will be achieved.

Further discussion about the restructuring charges appears in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

We adopted the new standards set forth in SFAS 142 for accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets effective on the first day of fiscal 2002, and in the second quarter of 2002, we completed the transitional goodwill impairment test required by SFAS 142. As a result of that testing, we determined that a portion of our goodwill and other intangible assets had been impaired, and we wrote down their value accordingly. The effect of that write-down (the after-tax charge of $55.4 million, or $1.10 per share, referred to above) has been recorded as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle effective the first quarter of fiscal 2002, as required by SFAS 142. The charge had no cash effect and, as required, is presented net of tax. However, it affects significantly the comparisons of our results from period to period, both directly because of the charge itself in 2002, and indirectly because of the subsequent elimination of amortization of those assets.

In effecting this accounting change and the related impairment testing, we used an outside consultant to help prepare valuations of reporting units in accordance with the new standards, and those valuations were compared with the respective book values of the reporting units to determine whether any goodwill impairment existed. In preparing the valuations, past, present and future expectations of performance were considered. The test showed goodwill impairment in three overseas reporting units and five Americas reporting units. In all cases, the impairment primarily was attributable to actual and then-forecasted revenue and profitability for the reporting unit being lower (consistent with the industry-wide decline in carpet sales and related services) than that anticipated at the time of the acquisition of the reporting unit.

During the fourth quarter of 2003, we performed the annual goodwill impairment test required by SFAS 142 using a methodology similar to the transitional test. No additional impairment was indicated.

The following discussion and analyses reflect the factors and trends discussed in the preceding sections. In addition, we believe our performance over the three-year period ended December 28, 2003 reflects the unprecedented downturn experienced by the commercial interiors industry in general during that time. In comparison to the previous longest downturn, which began around 1990 and lasted for approximately 15 months, the current downturn resulted in decreased orders for office furniture (which is a leading indicator of business conditions in the commercial interiors industry) in 31 of the 36 months ended December 2003. During this period, office furniture shipments reached their lowest levels since the early 1990s. These statistics are based on data compiled by the Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer’s Association (BIFMA).

The following table presents, as a percentage of net sales, certain items included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years ended December 28, 2003:

Below we provide information regarding net sales for each of our five operating segments, and analyze those results for the past three fiscal years.

We currently classify our businesses into the following five operating segments for certain reporting purposes:


	•	Modular Carpet segment, which includes our Interface, Heuga and InterfaceFLOR modular carpet businesses;

	•	Broadloom segment, which includes our Bentley and Prince Street broadloom, modular carpet and area rug business;

	•	Services segment, which primarily encompasses our Re:Source dealers that provide carpet installation and maintenance services in the United States;

	•	Fabrics Group segment, which includes all of our fabrics businesses worldwide; and

	•	Specialty Products segment, which includes our subsidiary Pandel, Inc., a producer of vinyl carpet tile backing and specialty mat and foam products, and also includes our Intersept antimicrobial sales and licensing program.

Net sales by operating segment and for our Company as a whole were as follows for the three years ended December 28, 2003:


(1)	For reporting purposes, 2001 net sales for the Broadloom segment include our European broadloom operations, which operated under the Firth brand and were closed in the third quarter of 2001.

Modular Carpet Segment. For 2003, net sales for the Modular Carpet segment increased $36.9 million (8.6%) compared with 2002. On a geographic basis, increases in net sales in the Americas and Asia-Pacific were offset by a decrease in net sales (in local currency terms) in the European portion of the business. However, the translation of European revenues into U.S. dollars favorably affected us, accounting for most of the increase in net sales for the overall Modular Carpet segment. We believe our Modular Carpet business in North America gained market share from floorcovering competition during 2003, accounting in part for the increase in net sales in the Americas despite continued poor macroeconomic conditions. We also saw a significant increase in our sales into the education market segment in North America, which we attribute to our focus on that market segment, among others, as part of our strategy to increase product sales in non-corporate office market segments. Sales growth in Asia-Pacific is attributable in large part to a relatively good economic climate in that region and to our introduction of a Heuga-brand modular carpet line at competitive, mid-level price points. The decrease in net sales in Europe is attributable in large part to poor macroeconomic conditions, particularly in the United Kingdom.

In 2002, net sales for our Modular Carpet segment decreased $52.9 million (10.9%) compared with 2001. The decrease was primarily attributable to reduced corporate profits in general as a result of poor macroeconomic conditions, which led to decreased spending in the commercial interiors market.

Broadloom Segment. In our Broadloom segment, net sales in 2003 decreased $4.7 million (4.2%) compared with 2002. The decrease was attributable primarily to reduced corporate profits in general, which led to decreased spending in the commercial interiors market, particularly among traditional broadloom customers in the financial community of the Northeast United States. The decrease was offset somewhat by increased sales to customers in the government and education market segments.

Net sales in the Broadloom segment in 2002 decreased $55.5 million (32.6%) compared with 2001. The decrease was attributable primarily to (1) the closure in the third quarter of 2001 of our European broadloom carpet operations (which conducted business under the Firth brand), and (2) reduced spending by customers in the corporate office market segment. However, the decline in sales in the corporate office market segment was offset somewhat by improved sales in the education and retail market segments.

Services Segment. For 2003, net sales for our Services segment decreased $17.0 million (10.4%) compared with 2002. The decrease was attributable primarily to (1) reduced corporate profits in general as a result of poor macroeconomic conditions, which led to decreased spending in the commercial interiors market, (2) strong downward pricing pressure resulting from supply generally outpacing demand in the carpet installation services market, and (3) to a lesser extent, the loss of sales related to the closing of a limited number of Company-owned branch locations.

Net sales in 2002 for our Services segment decreased $15.4 million (8.6%) compared with 2001. The decrease was attributable primarily to (1) reduced corporate profits in general as a result of poor macroeconomic conditions, which led to decreased spending in the commercial interiors market, (2) profit-improvement initiatives by our Company-owned floorcovering dealers which led to greater selectivity with respect to bidding on and accepting projects, and (3) to a lesser extent, the loss of sales related to the closing of a limited number of Company-owned branch locations.

Fabrics Group Segment. For 2003, net sales for our Fabrics Group segment decreased $10.2 million (5.1%) compared with 2002. The Fabrics Group segment’s net sales in 2002 decreased $10.6 million (5.1%) compared with 2001. The decrease in each of 2003 and 2002, as compared to the respective preceding year, was attributable primarily to (1) reduced corporate profits in general as a result of poor macroeconomic conditions, which led to decreased spending in the commercial interiors market, and (2) the decline of panel fabric sales to certain original equipment manufacturer (OEM) furniture companies as a result of reduced demand in the commercial interiors market.

Specialty Products Segment. For 2003, net sales for our Specialty Products segment decreased $5.5 million (37.2%) compared with 2002. The decrease was attributable primarily to the sale of our Re:Source Technologies adhesives and floorcovering maintenance products business in February 2003. Net sales for this segment remained stable between 2001 and 2002.

Company Consolidated. The following table presents, on a consolidated basis for our operations, our overall cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses for the three years ended December 28, 2003:

For 2003, our cost of sales increased $10.6 million as compared to 2002. As a percentage of net sales, cost of sales also increased to 72.6% for 2003, versus 71.4% for 2002. The percentage increase was primarily due to (1) the under-absorption of fixed manufacturing costs due to lower sales volume, (2) a fluctuation in our relative sales mix from products that have had traditionally higher margins to those with traditionally lower margins, (3) other manufacturing costs associated with scaling production to meet current demand levels, and (4) disruptions in 2003 associated with the integration and restructuring of our Fabrics Group.

For 2002, our cost of sales decreased $86.4 million as compared to 2001. As a percentage of net sales, however, cost of sales increased to 71.4%, compared with 70.5% in 2001, primarily as a result of (1) the under-absorption of fixed manufacturing costs due to lower sales volume levels, (2) a fluctuation in our relative sales mix from products that have had traditionally higher margins to those with traditionally lower margins, and (3) other manufacturing costs associated with scaling production to meet demand levels.

For 2003, our selling, general and administrative expenses increased $5.8 million as compared to 2002. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses also increased to 25.0% for 2003, compared with 24.4% for 2002. The percentage increase was primarily due to (1) increased marketing costs incurred in 2003 in connection with the launches of InterfaceFLOR (our residential modular carpet business), the Prince Street House and Home collection (our residential broadloom offering), and our i2 marketing campaign during 2003, (2) disruptions in 2003 associated with the integration and restructuring of our Fabrics Group, and (3) currency fluctuations that negatively affected the value of the dollar.

For 2002, our selling, general and administrative expenses declined by $33.5 million, to $225.6 million from $259.0 million in the prior year. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales remained stable between 2002 (24.4%) and 2001 (24.5%), despite a 12.7% decline in net sales in 2002 as compared with 2001. These results are attributable to (1) the continuation in 2002 of successful cost-cutting initiatives and other restructuring activities, and (2) the elimination in 2002 of amortization of goodwill, which was $9.8 million in 2001.

Cost and Expenses by Segment. The following table presents the combined cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses for each of our operating segments:


(1)	For reporting purposes, 2001 figures for the Broadloom segment include our European broadloom operations, which operated under the Firth brand and were closed in the third quarter of 2001.

(2)	Percentage change calculation not meaningful for 2002 compared with 2001.

For 2003, other expense (which is comprised primarily of interest expense) increased $1.3 million compared with 2002. This increase was due primarily to (1) the termination during June 2003 of our accounts receivable securitization program and the replacement of that source of funding with borrowing that carried an overall higher borrowing rate, and (2) the unwinding of our interest rate swap agreement in May 2003.

For 2002, other expense increased $6.4 million compared with 2001, due primarily to our issuance of $175 million of 10.375% Senior Notes in January 2002 (which have a higher interest rate than the debt the Senior Notes replaced) and higher interest rates on our revolving credit facility in 2002 than in 2001.

The rate of the effective tax benefit we recognized in 2003 was 35.7%, compared with an effective tax benefit rate of 35.8% in 2002. Although the overall effective tax benefit rate was essentially stable from 2002 to 2003, certain underlying components changed. In particular, the component of our tax benefit rate which is attributable to state taxes in the United States increased in 2003 as compared to 2002 because, in 2003, the portion of our overall pre-tax loss that was attributable to U.S. operations (and therefore pertinent to state taxes) was greater than in 2002. This increase associated with U.S. state taxes was offset by decreases in tax-benefit rate components associated with foreign tax effects attributable to foreign operations and by decreases in the tax-benefit rate component associated with the taxable disposition of certain life insurance policies.

The rate of the effective tax benefit recognized by us in 2002 was 35.8%, compared with an effective tax benefit rate of 30.8% in 2001. The increase in the tax benefit rate was due primarily to the existence in 2001 of goodwill amortization expense, which was non-deductible for tax purposes. Pursuant to SFAS 142, the amortization of goodwill was discontinued effective during the 2002 fiscal year.

In our business, we require cash and other liquid assets primarily to purchase raw materials and to pay other manufacturing costs, in addition to funding normal course selling, general and administrative expenses, anticipated capital expenditures, and potential special projects. We generate our cash and other liquidity requirements from our operations and from borrowings or letters of credit under our revolving credit facility with a banking syndicate. Prior to June 18, 2003, we also generated liquidity through our accounts receivable securitization program (which was terminated on that date in connection with an amendment and restatement of our revolving credit facility). We believe that our liquidity position will provide sufficient funds to meet our current commitments and other cash requirements for the foreseeable future, and that we will be able to continue our initiative to enhance the generation of free cash flow.

At December 28, 2003, we had $16.6 million of cash and cash equivalents, and an additional $168.5 million of working capital. As of that date, we also had $62.2 million of available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility based on the borrowing base. As of December 28, 2003, no borrowings and $15.8 million in letters of credit were outstanding under the revolving credit facility. The material terms of that facility are summarized below.

We currently estimate capital expenditures will be between $16 million and $18 million for 2004, and we presently have aggregate capital expenditure purchase commitments of $6 million for 2004. Based on current interest rate levels, we expect our aggregate interest expense for 2004 to be between $42 million and $44 million.

In February 2004, we completed a private offering of $135 million in 9.5% senior subordinated notes due 2014. Proceeds from the issuance of these notes were used to redeem in full our previously outstanding 9.5% senior subordinated notes due 2005 and to reduce borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility. As a result of the redemption of the notes that were due in 2005, our revolving credit facility (discussed below) will not mature until October 2007 and we will have no other significant debt maturity obligations until 2008.

On June 18, 2003, we amended and restated our senior revolving credit facility. Under the amended and restated facility, as under its predecessor, the maximum aggregate amount of loans and letters of credit available to us at any one time is $100 million, subject to a borrowing base as described below. The key features of the revolving credit facility are as follows:


	•	The revolving credit facility currently matures on October 1, 2007.

	•	The revolving credit facility includes a domestic U.S. dollar syndicated loan and letter of credit facility made available to Interface, Inc. and Interface Europe B.V. (our foreign subsidiary based in Europe), as co-borrowers up to the lesser of (1) $100 million, or (2) a borrowing base equal to the sum of specified percentages of eligible accounts receivable, finished goods inventory and raw materials inventory in the United States (the percentages and eligibility requirements for the domestic borrowing base are specified in the credit facility), less certain reserves. Any advances to Interface, Inc. or Interface Europe B.V. under the domestic loan facility will reduce borrowing availability under the entire revolving credit facility.

	•	Advances to Interface, Inc. and Interface Europe B.V. under the domestic loan facility and advances to Interface Europe, Ltd. under the multicurrency loan facility (described below) are secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all of Interface, Inc.’s assets and the assets of each of its material domestic subsidiaries, which have guaranteed the revolving credit facility.

	•	The revolving credit facility also includes a multicurrency syndicated loan and letter of credit facility in British pounds and euros made available to Interface Europe, Ltd. (our foreign subsidiary based in the United Kingdom), in an amount up to the lesser of (1) the equivalent of $15 million, or (2) a


		borrowing base equal to the sum of specified percentages of eligible accounts receivable and finished goods inventory of Interface Europe, Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries (the percentages and eligibility requirements for the U.K. borrowing base are specified in the credit facility), less certain reserves. Any advances under the multicurrency loan facility will reduce the lending commitment available under the domestic loan facility on a dollar-equivalent basis.

	•	Advances to Interface Europe, Ltd. under the multicurrency loan facility are secured by a first-priority lien on, security interest in, or floating or fixed charge, as applicable, on all of the interest in and to the accounts receivable, inventory, and substantially all other property of Interface Europe, Ltd. and its material subsidiaries, which subsidiaries also guarantee the multicurrency loan facility.

	•	The revolving credit facility contains certain financial covenants (including a senior secured debt coverage ratio test and a fixed charge coverage ratio test) that become effective in the event that (1) our excess availability for domestic loans falls below $20 million (excluding a specified reserve against the domestic borrowing base), or (2) our excess availability for U.K. loans falls below $3 million. In such event, we must comply with the financial covenants for a period commencing on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding such event (unless such event occurs on the last day of a fiscal quarter, in which case the compliance period commences on such date) and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the fiscal quarter in which such event occurred.

The revolving credit facility also includes various reporting, affirmative and negative covenants, and other provisions that restrict our ability to take certain actions, including the following:


	•	Provisions that prohibit us from using borrowings under the revolving credit facility to repay any of our other senior or subordinated notes;

	•	Provisions that restrict the payment of cash dividends on our common stock unless we meet a financial performance test specified in the revolving credit facility;

	•	Provisions that restrict our ability to repay the 7.3% Senior Notes due 2008, 10.375% Senior Notes due 2010, and 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, except from the proceeds of a refinancing thereof or the proceeds of an offering of equity securities, provided that certain conditions are met, including a requirement that our aggregate outstanding loans and letters of credit under the revolving credit facility not exceed $10 million after giving effect to each such payment; and

	•	Provisions that restrict our ability to repay other long-term indebtedness by limiting the aggregate repayments of such debt we can make unless we meet a specified minimum excess availability test and a specified financial performance test.

Interest Rates. Interest on borrowings under the revolving credit facility is charged at varying rates based on our ability to meet certain performance criteria.

Prepayments. Our revolving credit facility requires prepayment from the proceeds of certain asset sales.

Covenants. The revolving credit facility also limits our ability, among other things, to:


	•	incur indebtedness or contingent obligations;

	•	make acquisitions of or investments in businesses (in excess of certain specified amounts);

	•	sell or dispose of assets (in excess of certain specified amounts);

	•	create or incur liens on assets;

	•	purchase or redeem any of our stock (other than as permitted in the revolving credit facility); and

	•	enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

We are presently in compliance with all covenants under the revolving credit facility and anticipate that we will remain in compliance with the covenants.

Events of Default. If Interface, Inc. or any other borrower fails to perform or breaches any of the affirmative or negative covenants under the revolving credit facility, or if other specified events occur (such as a bankruptcy or similar event or a change of control of Interface, Inc.), after giving effect to any applicable notice and right to cure provisions, an event of default will exist. If an event of default exists and is continuing, the lenders’ co-agents may, and upon the written request of a specified percentage of the lender group, shall,


	•	declare all commitments of the lenders under the facility terminated;

	•	declare all amounts outstanding or accrued thereunder, immediately due and payable; and

	•	exercise other rights and remedies available to them under the agreement and applicable law.

Collateral. The domestic loan facility is secured by substantially all of the assets of Interface, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries (subject to exceptions for certain immaterial subsidiaries), including all of the stock of our domestic subsidiaries and up to 65% of the stock of our first-tier material foreign subsidiaries. The multicurrency loan facility is secured by substantially all of the assets of Interface Europe, Ltd. and its material subsidiaries. If an event of default occurs under the revolving credit facility, the lenders’ collateral agent may, upon the request of a specified percentage of lenders, exercise remedies with respect to the collateral, including, in some instances, foreclosing mortgages on real estate assets, taking possession of or selling personal property assets, collecting accounts receivables, or exercising proxies to take control of the pledged stock of domestic and first-tier material foreign subsidiaries.

Prior to the amendment and restatement of the revolving credit facility, we were not in compliance with certain covenants contained in our previous facility, and we obtained waivers from our lenders at that time. The current revolving credit facility amended our covenants and we have been in compliance with our current covenants since the amendment.

Operating activities and proceeds from long-term debt provided our primary sources of cash during each of the fiscal years 2001 to 2003. In 2003, cash used in operating activities (including discontinued operations of our U.S. raised/access flooring business) was $8.5 million, as compared with cash generated by operating activities of $57.4 million in 2002 and $18.3 million in 2001. Cash generated by continuing operations in 2003 was $2.1 million, as compared to cash generated by continuing operations of $68.7 million in 2002 and $15.9 million in 2001. The change in cash flow related to operating activities in 2003 as compared to 2002 was due primarily to the stabilization of our working capital levels throughout 2003, whereas working capital reductions during 2002 generated cash. The increase in cash generated from operations in 2002 versus 2001 was due primarily to working capital reductions resulting from improved receivables collections and inventory reductions.

The primary uses of cash during the years 2001 to 2003 have been (1) additions to property and equipment at our manufacturing facilities; (2) expenditures related to debt reduction; (3) expenditures related to our debt and equity repurchase programs; and (4) cash dividends. For fiscal years ended 2003, 2002 and 2001, (a) additions to property and equipment required $16.3 million, $14.3 million and $30.0 million, respectively; (b) cash required for our overall debt reduction was $30.0 million (essentially for payoff of our accounts receivable securitization program in 2003), $5.0 million, and $0, respectively; and (c) expenditures related to our debt and equity repurchase programs were $0, $5.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

Pursuant to our share repurchase program, which expired on May 19, 2002, we were authorized to repurchase up to 4,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in the open market. During the program, we repurchased an aggregate of 3,075,113 shares for an aggregate of $22.2 million.

Management believes that cash provided by operations and long-term loan commitments will provide adequate funds for current commitments and other requirements in the foreseeable future.

We have various contractual obligations that we must fund as part of our normal operations. The following table discloses aggregate information about our contractual obligations (including the contractual obligations of the discontinued operations of our U.S. raised/access flooring business) and the periods in which payments are due. The amounts and time periods are measured from December 28, 2003.


(1)	These amounts include $120 million of 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 that were outstanding at December 28, 2003, but were called and redeemed on March 5, 2004. In order to effect that redemption, we issued on February 4, 2004 a new series of 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, in the aggregate principal amount of $135 million, and used most of the net proceeds to pay the redemption price.

(2)	Does not include unconditional purchase obligations that are included as liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

High-quality financial statements require rigorous application of high-quality accounting policies. The policies discussed below are considered by management to be critical to an understanding of our consolidated financial statements because their application places the most significant demands on management’s judgment, with financial reporting results relying on estimation about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. Specific risks for these critical accounting policies are described in the following paragraphs. For all of these policies, management cautions that future events may not develop as forecasted, and the best estimates routinely require adjustment.

Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities. The carrying values of deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the application of our income tax accounting policies in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”), and are based on management’s assumptions and estimates regarding future operating results and levels of taxable income, as well as management’s judgments regarding the interpretation of the provisions of SFAS 109. The carrying values of liabilities for income taxes currently payable are based on management’s interpretation of applicable tax laws, and incorporate management’s assumptions and judgments regarding the use of tax planning strategies in various taxing jurisdictions. The use of different estimates, assumptions and judgments in connection with accounting for income taxes may result in materially different carrying values of income tax assets and liabilities and results of operations.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will expire before realization of the benefit or that future deductibility is not probable. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the future. This requires us to use estimates and make assumptions regarding significant future events such as the taxability of entities operating in the various taxing jurisdictions.

Goodwill. Pursuant to SFAS 142, we no longer amortize goodwill, but instead test goodwill for impairment at least annually. We use an outside consultant to help prepare valuations of reporting units, and

those valuations are compared with the respective book values of the reporting units to determine whether any goodwill impairment exists. In preparing the valuations, past, present and expected future performance is considered. If impairment is indicated, a loss is recognized for the difference, if any, between the fair value of the goodwill associated with the reporting unit and the book value of that goodwill. If the actual fair value of the goodwill is determined to be less than that estimated, an additional write-down may be required.

Revenue Recognition on Long-Term Contracts. A portion of our revenues is derived from long-term contracts that are accounted for under the provisions of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position No. 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts”. Long-term fixed-price contracts are recorded on the percentage of completion basis using the ratio of costs incurred to estimated total costs at completion as the measurement basis for progress toward completion and revenue recognition. Any losses identified on contracts are recognized immediately. Contract accounting requires significant judgment relative to assessing risks, estimating contract costs and making related assumptions for schedule and technical issues. With respect to contract change orders, claims or similar items, judgment must be used in estimating related amounts and assessing the potential for realization. These amounts are only included in contract value when they can be reliably estimated and realization is probable.

Inventories. We determine the value of inventories using the lower of cost or market. We write down inventories for the difference between the carrying value of the inventories and their estimated market value. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional write-downs may be required.

Pension Benefits. Net pension expense recorded is based on, among other things, assumptions about the discount rate, estimated return on plan assets and salary increases. Changes in these and other factors and differences between actual and assumed changes in the present value of liabilities or assets of our plans above certain thresholds could cause net annual expense to increase or decrease materially from year to year.

Environmental Remediation. We provide for remediation costs and penalties when the responsibility to remediate is probable and the amount of associated costs is reasonably determinable. Remediation liabilities are accrued based on estimates of known environmental exposures and are discounted in certain instances. We regularly monitor the progress of environmental remediation. Should studies indicate that the cost of remediation is to be more than previously estimated, an additional accrual would be recorded in the period in which such determination is made. In 2002, certain developments transpired with respect to our estimated environmental liability associated with our Chatham fabrics operations in Elkin, North Carolina. (See the discussion of “Accrued Expenses” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included at Item 8 hereof.) As a result, we reduced the amount of our accrual for such liabilities by $4.2 million. The reduction of the accrual was recorded as a reduction of “other expense” in 2002.

Allowances for Doubtful Accounts. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment is indicated. A loss is then recognized for the difference, if any, between the fair value of the asset (as estimated by management using its best judgment) and the carrying value of the asset. If actual market value is less favorable than that estimated by management, additional write-downs may be required.

On June 18, 2003, we terminated our former accounts receivable securitization program with Three Pillars Funding Corporation in connection with the refinancing of our revolving credit facility discussed earlier.

This securitization program had provided for up to $50 million of funding from the sale of trade accounts receivable generated by certain of our operating subsidiaries. We no longer have an accounts receivable securitization program.

In 1998, our subsidiary Interface Europe B.V. formed a partnership with ABN AMRO Bank N.V. in the Netherlands for the purpose of developing an office building and warehouse facility in Scherpenzeel. Recourse against Interface Europe is limited to the amount of its investment in the partnership, which is approximately $1.0 million. Upon completion of the office building and warehouse facility, the partnership leased those facilities to Interface Europe and Interface International B.V. (which is a subsidiary of Interface Europe). At the expiration of the lease, Interface Europe and Interface International will have the option to purchase the facilities from the partnership at fair market value.

In December 2003, the FASB issued a revision to SFAS No. 132, “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.” This statement does not change the measurement or recognition aspects for pensions and other post-retirement benefit plans; however, it does revise employers’ disclosures to include more information about the plan assets, obligations to pay benefits and funding obligations. SFAS 132, as revised, is generally effective for financial statements with fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003. Certain additional disclosures applicable to foreign defined benefit plans are effective for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. We have adopted the required provisions of SFAS No. 132, as revised, and have deferred adopting those additional required disclosures relating to our foreign plans. The adoption of the required provisions of SFAS 132, as revised, did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. The adoption of the disclosures related to our foreign defined benefit plans are not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150 clarifies the definition of a liability as currently defined in FASB Concepts Statement No. 6, “Elements of Financial Statements,” as well as other planned revisions. This statement requires a financial instrument that embodies an obligation of an issuer to be classified as a liability. In addition, the statement establishes standards for the initial and subsequent measurement of these financial instruments and disclosure requirements. SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and for all other matters, is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends SFAS No. 133 for decisions made by the FASB’s Derivatives Implementation Group, other FASB projects dealing with financial instruments, and in response to implementation issues raised in relation to the application of the definition of a derivative. This statement is generally effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 149 did not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” and in December 2003, a revised interpretation was issued (FIN No. 46, as revised). In general, a variable interest entity (“VIE”) is a corporation, partnership, trust, or any other legal structure used for business purposes that either does not have equity investors with voting rights or has equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities. FIN 46, as revised, requires a VIE to be consolidated by a company if that company is designated as the primary beneficiary. The interpretation applies to VIEs created after January 31, 2003, and for all financial statements issued after December 15, 2003 for VIEs in which an enterprise held a variable interest that it acquired before February 1,

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure.” This statement amends SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS 148 amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. We adopted the disclosure provisions of this standard. We are currently assessing the fair value approach under SFAS 123 and the transitional provisions of SFAS 148.

In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others”, (“FIN 45”). FIN 45 addresses the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under guarantees. The disclosure requirements in this Interpretation are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The adoption of FIN 45 did not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities”. This Statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies EITF Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)”. The principal difference between this Statement and EITF 94-3 relates to the Statement’s requirements for recognition of a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity. This Statement requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred, whereas under EITF 94-3, a liability was recognized at the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan. We adopted the provisions of SFAS 146 in the fourth quarter of 2002 and recorded our 2002 restructuring in accordance with such provisions.

In October 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” SFAS 144 addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. The provisions of this statement were effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. The adoption of SFAS 144 did not have a material impact on our financial statements or results of operations.

In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” which addresses financial accounting requirements for retirement obligations associated with tangible long-lived assets. In May 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements 4, 44, 64, Amendment to FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections as of April 2002.” SFAS 145 amends other existing authoritative pronouncements to make various technical corrections, clarify meanings, or describe their applicability under changed conditions. SFAS 143 and 145 were effective commencing April 1, 2003 and did not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

As a result of the scope of our global operations, we are exposed to an element of market risk from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. Our results of operations and financial condition could be impacted by this risk. We manage our exposure to market risk through our regular operating and financial activities and, to the extent appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments.

We employ derivative financial instruments as risk management tools and not for speculative or trading purposes. We monitor the use of derivative financial instruments through objective measurable systems, well-defined market and credit risk limits, and timely reports to senior management according to prescribed guidelines. We have established strict counter-party credit guidelines and enter into transactions only with

Changes in interest rates affect the interest paid on certain of our debt. To mitigate the impact of fluctuations in interest rates, our management has developed and implemented a policy to maintain the percentage of fixed and variable rate debt within certain parameters. From time to time, we maintain a fixed/variable rate mix within these parameters either by borrowing on a fixed rate basis or entering into interest rate swap transactions. In the interest rate swaps, we agree to exchange, at specified levels, the difference between fixed and variable interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional principal linked to LIBOR. During the first part of 2003, we utilized an interest rate swap agreement to effectively convert approximately $125 million of fixed rate debt into variable rate debt. As a result, during 2003, our interest expense was approximately $2.4 million lower than it would have been in the absence of our interest rate swap agreement. This interest rate swap agreement was unwound in May 2003 and, as of December 28, 2003, we did not have any interest rate swap agreements in place.

A significant portion of our operations consists of manufacturing and sales activities in foreign jurisdictions. We manufacture our products in the United States, Canada, England, Northern Ireland, the Netherlands, Australia and Thailand, and sell our products in more than 100 countries. As a result, our financial results could be significantly affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in the foreign markets in which we distribute our products. Our operating results are exposed to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and many other currencies, including the euro, British pound sterling, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar, Thai baht and Japanese yen. When the U.S. dollar strengthens against a foreign currency, the value of anticipated sales in those currencies decreases, and vice versa. Additionally, to the extent our foreign operations with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar transact business in countries other than the United States, exchange rate changes between two foreign currencies could ultimately impact us. Finally, because we report in U.S. dollars on a consolidated basis, foreign currency exchange fluctuations could have a translation impact on our financial position.

At December 28, 2003, we recognized a $38.8 million increase in our foreign currency translation adjustment account compared to December 29, 2002, because of the strengthening of certain currencies against the U.S. dollar. The increase was associated primarily with certain foreign subsidiaries located within the United Kingdom and continental Europe.

For purposes of specific risk analysis, we use sensitivity analysis to measure the impact that market risk may have on the fair values of our market-sensitive instruments.

To perform sensitivity analysis, we assess the risk of loss in fair values associated with the impact of hypothetical changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates on market-sensitive instruments. The market value of instruments affected by interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate risk is computed based on the present value of future cash flows as impacted by the changes in the rates attributable to the market risk being measured. The discount rates used for the present value computations were selected based on market interest and foreign currency exchange rates in effect at December 28, 2003. The values that result from these computations are then compared with the market values of the financial instruments. The differences are the hypothetical gains or losses associated with each type of risk.

Based on a hypothetical immediate 150 basis point increase in interest rates, with all other variables held constant, the fair value of our fixed rate long-term debt would be impacted by a net decrease of $29.1 million.

As of December 28, 2003, a 10% decrease or increase in the levels of foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar, with all other variables held constant, would result in a decrease in the fair value of our financial instruments of $6.2 million or an increase in the fair value of our financial instruments of $5.0 million, respectively. As the impact of offsetting changes in the fair market value of our net foreign investments is not included in the sensitivity model, these results are not indicative of our actual exposure to foreign currency exchange risk.

The Company is a recognized leader in the worldwide commercial interiors market, offering modular and broadloom floorcoverings, interior fabrics, services and specialty products. The Company manufactures modular and broadloom carpet focusing on the high quality, designer-oriented sector of the market, and provides specialized carpet replacement, installation and maintenance services. The Company also produces interior fabrics and upholstery products. Additionally, the Company offers Intersept, a proprietary antimicrobial used in a number of interior finishes, and sponsors the Envirosense Consortium in its mission to address workplace environmental issues.

The Company has sold its U.S. raised/access flooring business. The balances of this business have been segregated and reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Examples include provisions for returns, bad debts, product claims reserves, estimates of costs to complete performance contracts, inventory obsolescence and the length of product life cycles, accruals associated with restructuring activities, income tax exposures, environmental liabilities, carrying value of goodwill and property and equipment. Actual results could vary from these estimates.

The Company’s fiscal year is the 52 or 53 week period ending on the Sunday nearest December 31. All references herein to “2003,” “2002,” and “2001,” mean the fiscal years ended December 28, 2003, December 29, 2002, and December 30, 2001, respectively. Fiscal years 2003, 2002 and 2001 each comprised 52 weeks.

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year financial statement presentation.

The Company determines the value of inventories using the lower of cost (standards approximating the first-in, first-out method) or market. We write down inventories for the difference between the carrying value of the inventories and their estimated market value. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional write-downs may be required.

The Company considers businesses to be held for sale when management approves and commits to a formal plan to actively market a business for sale. Upon designation as held for sale, the carrying value of the

assets of the business are recorded at the lower of their carrying value or their estimated fair value, less costs to sell. The Company ceases to record depreciation expense at that time.

Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: buildings and improvements — ten to fifty years; furniture and equipment — three to twelve years. Interest costs for the construction/development of certain long-term assets are capitalized and amortized over the related assets’ estimated useful lives. The Company capitalized net interest costs of approximately $0.3 million, $0.1 million, and $0.7 million for the fiscal years ended 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively. Depreciation expense amounted to approximately $32.2 million, $30.9 million, and $33.3 million for the years ended 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively. These amounts exclude depreciation expense of approximately $0.0 million, $0.8 million, and $1.3 million for 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, related to the discontinued operations of the U.S. raised/access flooring business.

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset. Repair and maintenance costs are charged to operating expense as incurred.

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations accounted for as purchases. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 142 on December 31, 2001, goodwill was amortized on a straight-line basis over the periods benefited, principally twenty-five to forty years. Accumulated amortization amounted to approximately $88.3 million at both December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002, and cumulative impairment losses recognized were $57.2 million as of December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002.

In June 2001, the FASB finalized SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS 141 requires the use of the purchase method of accounting and prohibits the use of the pooling-of-interests method of accounting for business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. SFAS 141 also required that the Company recognize acquired intangible assets apart from goodwill if the acquired intangible assets meet certain criteria. SFAS 141 applies to all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001, and to purchase business combinations completed on or after July 1, 2001. It also requires, upon adoption of SFAS 142, that the Company reclassify the carrying amounts of intangible assets and goodwill based on the criteria in SFAS 141.

The Company’s previous business combinations were accounted for using the purchase method. As of December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002, the net carrying amount of goodwill was $224.1 million and $210.5 million, respectively. Other intangible assets were $4.2 million and $4.4 million as of December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002, respectively. Amortization expense during the years ended December 28, 2003, December 29, 2002 and December 30, 2001 was $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $9.8 million, respectively.

The Company adopted the new standards of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2002. In the second quarter of 2002, the Company completed the transitional goodwill impairment test required by SFAS 142. In preparing the valuations, past, present and future expectations of performance were considered. The test showed goodwill impairment in three overseas reporting units and five Americas reporting units. In all cases, the impairment primarily was attributable to actual and then-forecasted revenue and profitability for the reporting unit being lower (consistent with the industry-wide decline in carpet sales and related services) than that anticipated at the time of the acquisition of the reporting unit. The effect of this accounting change (an after-tax charge of $55.4 million, or $1.10 per share) was recorded as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle effective the first quarter of

fiscal 2002, as required by SFAS 142. The charge had no cash effect, and, as required, was presented net of tax.

During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company performed the annual goodwill impairment test required by SFAS 142 using a methodology similar to the transitional test. No additional impairment was indicated.

The following table presents the impact SFAS 142 would have had a loss from continuing operations, net income (loss), and the respective per share amounts, if adopted in the first quarter of 2001:

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 28, 2003, by operating segment are as follows:

The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have

been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, the Company generally considers all expected future events other than enactments of changes in tax laws or rates. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates will be recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will expire before realization of the benefit or that future deductibility is not probable. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the future. This requires us to use estimates and make assumptions regarding significant future events such as the taxability of entities operating in the various taxing jurisdictions.

Revenue is recognized on the sale of products or services when the products are shipped or the services are performed, all significant contractual obligations have been satisfied, and the collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. The Company’s delivery term typically is F.O.B. shipping point. Revenues and estimated profits on performance contracts are recognized under the percentage of completion method of accounting using the cost-to-cost methodology. Profit estimates are revised periodically based upon changes in facts. Any losses identified on contracts are recognized immediately.

In accordance with EITF 00-10, shipping and handling fees billed to customers are classified in net sales in the consolidated statements of operations. Shipping and handling costs incurred are classified in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations.

Highly liquid investments with insignificant interest rate risk and with original maturities of three months or less are classified as cash and cash equivalents. Investments with maturities greater than three months and less than one year are classified as short-term investments.

At December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002, checks issued against future deposits totaled approximately $1.4 million and $1.1 million, respectively. Cash payments for interest amounted to approximately $43.2 million, $35.1 million, and $42.6 million, for the years ended 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively. Income tax payments amounted to approximately $0.2 million, $0.6 million, and $5.8 million, for the years ended 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively.

Fair values of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and short-term debt approximate cost due to the short period of time to maturity. Fair values of debt and swaps are based on quoted market prices or pricing models using current market rates.

The financial position and results of operations of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured generally using local currencies as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect at each year-end. Income and expense items are translated at average exchange rates for the year. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded in the foreign currency translation adjustment account. In the event of a divestiture of a foreign subsidiary, the related foreign currency translation results are reversed from equity to income. Foreign currency exchange gains and losses are included in income.

As of the fiscal year ended December 28, 2003, the Company has stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in the “Shareholders’ Equity” footnote. Those plans are accounted for using the intrinsic value method under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”, as allowed under the provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” Compensation expenses related to stock option plans were not material for 2003, 2002, and 2001.

The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 were applied to stock-based employee compensation:

For the purposes of the disclosures required by SFAS 123, the fair value of stock options is the estimated present value at grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for 2003, 2002, and 2001: Dividend yield of 0.0% in 2003, 0.0% in 2002, and 1.2% in 2001; expected volatility of 56% in 2003, 50% in 2002, and 50% in 2001; a risk-free interest rate of 4.02% in 2003, 4.51% in 2002, and 5.09% in 2001; and an expected option life of 6.5 years in 2003, 2002 and 2001.

The weighted average fair value of options, calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, granted during 2003, 2002, and 2001 were $1.68, $3.43, and $2.95 per share, respectively.

The Company adopted SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended, effective January 1, 2001. SFAS 133 requires a company to recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges must be adjusted to fair value through income. If the derivative is a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments are recognized through earnings. If the derivative is a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. The adoption of SFAS 133, as amended, did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

deferred adopting those additional required disclosures relating to the Company’s foreign plans. The adoption of the required provisions of SFAS 132, as revised, did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The adoption of the disclosures related to the Company’s foreign defined benefit plans are not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure.” This statement amends SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS 148 amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. We adopted the disclosure provisions of this standard. The Company is currently assessing the fair value approach under SFAS 123 and the transitional provisions of SFAS 148.

principal difference between this Statement and EITF 94-3 relates to the Statement’s requirements for recognition of a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity. This Statement requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred, whereas under EITF 94-3, a liability was recognized at the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 146 in the fourth quarter of 2002 and recorded its 2002 restructuring in accordance with such provisions.

In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” which addresses financial accounting requirements for retirement obligations associated with tangible long-lived assets. In May 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements 4, 44, 64, Amendment to FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections as of April 2002.” SFAS 145 amended other existing authoritative pronouncements to make various technical corrections, clarify meanings, or describe their applicability under changed conditions. SFAS 143 and 145 were effective commencing April 1, 2003 and did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

The Company has adopted credit policies and standards intended to reduce the inherent risk associated with potential increases in its concentration of credit risk due to increasing trade receivables from sales to owners and users of commercial office facilities and with specifiers such as architects, engineers and contracting firms. Management believes that credit risks are further moderated by the diversity of its end customers and geographic sales areas. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and requires collateral as deemed necessary. The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. As of December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002, the allowance for bad debts amounted to approximately $9.2 million and $9.8 million, respectively, for all accounts receivable of the Company.

The Company previously had in place an accounts receivable securitization program that provided funding from the sale of trade accounts receivable generated by certain of our operating subsidiaries. The amendment and restatement of our revolving credit facility in June 2003 replaced and superseded our accounts receivable securitization program. Consequently, at the closing of the amendment and restatement, the balance outstanding under the securitization facility, which was $26.2 million, was paid off with borrowings under the revolving credit facility, and therefore that debt became reflected on the Company’s balance sheet.

The estimated cost to complete construction-in-progress for which the Company was committed at December 28, 2003 was approximately $4.2 million.

During May 2000, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Chatham Manufacturing division of CMI Industries, Inc. (“Chatham”). As part of the acquisition, the Company engaged environmental consultants to review potential environmental liabilities at all Chatham properties. Based on their review, the environmental consultants recommended certain environmental remedial actions, including groundwater monitoring, and estimated the costs thereof. The Company is currently taking steps to implement the recommended actions at Chatham.

There have been two developments which have substantially reduced the estimated cost of environmental remediation associated with Chatham. First, during the quarter ended June 30, 2002, the Company assigned to the Town of Elkin, North Carolina, the Company’s right and obligation to acquire from CMI Industries the wastewater treatment facility serving the Chatham properties (although, pursuant to the assignment agreement, the Company still has certain rights and obligations concerning environmental remediation at this site). Second, in conjunction with the aforementioned assignment, the Company determined that the wastewater treatment facility site should be eligible for remediation under the State of North Carolina’s “brownfield” program, which generally requires a less stringent degree of remedial action. Subsequently, the State confirmed in writing the site’s eligibility under the brownfield program.

As a result, and based upon the cost estimates provided by the environmental consultants, the Company now believes that the estimated range of the net present value of reasonably predictable costs of groundwater monitoring and other remedial actions at Chatham and the wastewater treatment facility is between $4.0 million and $6.3 million. As of December 30, 2001, the Company had accrued approximately $9.0 million, which at that time represented the best estimate available of the net present value of the costs of

remedial actions discounted at 6%. In light of the developments described above, the accrual has been reduced to $4.2 million as of December 28, 2003. The reduction of the accrual recorded in 2002 was a reduction of “other expense” in the Statement of Operations during the quarter ended June 30, 2002, as there was no goodwill associated with the Chatham acquisition.

Actual costs related to groundwater monitoring and other remedial actions at Chatham incurred during 2003, 2002 and 2001 were approximately $0.1 million, $0.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively. Actual costs incurred will depend upon numerous factors, including (i) the actual method and results of the remedial actions; (ii) the outcome of negotiations with regulatory authorities and other interested parties; (iii) changes in environmental laws and regulations; (iv) technological developments and advancements; and (v) the years of remedial activity required. Based on the information currently available, the Company does not expect that any unrecorded liability related to the above matters would materially affect the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company. Environmental accruals are routinely reviewed as events and developments warrant and are subjected to a comprehensive annual review.

On January 17, 2002, the Company amended and restated its revolving credit facility. The amendment and restatement, among other things, substituted certain lenders, changed certain covenants, and reduced the maximum borrowing amount to $100 million. In connection with the amendment and restatement of the facility, the Company issued the 10.375% Senior Notes discussed below.

On January 17, 2002, the Company also completed a private offering of $175 million in 10.375% Senior Notes due 2010. Interest is payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 (interest payments began August 1, 2002). Proceeds from the issuance of these Notes were used to pay down the revolving credit facility. The Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior basis by certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries. At any time prior to February 1, 2005, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes with the proceeds of one or more equity offerings at a redemption price in cash equal to 110.375% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest at the redemption date. On June 17, 2002, the Company completed an exchange offer pursuant to which the Notes were exchanged for substantially similar notes registered under the Securities Act.

In December 2002, the Company further amended its revolving credit facility. The amendment, among other things: (1) eased the interest coverage ratio covenant; (2) added a fixed charge coverage ratio covenant; (3) changed the borrowing base formula; (4) enlarged the lenders’ letters of credit subcommitment from $15 million to $20 million; and (5) increased pricing on borrowings in certain circumstances.

On June 18, 2003, the Company again amended and restated its revolving credit facility. Under the amended and restated facility, as under its predecessor, the maximum aggregate amount of loans and letters of credit available at any one time is $100 million. Key features of the revolving credit facility include the following:


	•	The amended and restated facility (the “Facility”) matures on October 1, 2007.

	•	The Facility includes a domestic U.S. dollar syndicated loan and letter of credit facility (the “Domestic Loan Facility”) made available to the Company and Interface Europe B.V. (a foreign subsidiary of the Company based in Europe), as co-borrowers up to the lesser of (i) $100 million, or (ii) a borrowing base equal to the sum of specified percentages of eligible accounts receivable, finished goods inventory and raw materials inventory in the United States (the percentages and eligibility requirements for the domestic borrowing base are specified in the credit facility) less certain reserves. Any advances to the Company or Interface Europe B.V. under the Domestic Loan Facility will reduce borrowing availability under the entire Facility.


	•	Advances to the Company and Interface Europe B.V. under the Domestic Loan Facility and advances to Interface Europe, Ltd. (a foreign subsidiary of the Company based in the UK) under the Multicurrency Loan Facility (described below) are secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all of the assets of the Company and each of its material domestic subsidiaries, which subsidiaries also guaranty the Facility.

	•	The Facility also includes a multicurrency syndicated loan and letter of credit facility (the “Multicurrency Loan Facility”) in British pounds and euros made available to Interface Europe, Ltd., in an amount up to the lesser of (i) the equivalent of $15 million, or (ii) a borrowing base equal to the sum of specified percentages of eligible accounts receivable and finished goods inventory of Interface Europe, Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries (the percentages and eligibility requirements for the U.K. borrowing base are specified in the credit facility) less certain reserves. Any advances under the multicurrency loan facility will reduce the lending commitment available under the domestic loan facility on a dollar-equivalent basis.

	•	Advances to Interface Europe, Ltd. under the facility are secured by a first-priority lien on, security interest in, or floating or fixed charge, as applicable, on all of the interest in and to the accounts receivable, inventory, and substantially all other property of Interface Europe, Ltd. and its material subsidiaries, which subsidiaries also guarantee the Multicurrency Loan Facility.

	•	The Facility contains certain financial covenants (including a senior secured debt coverage ratio test and a fixed charge coverage ratio test) that become effective in the event that (i) our excess availability for domestic loans falls below $20 million (excluding a specified reserve against the domestic borrowing base), or (ii) our excess availability for U.K. loans falls below $3 million. In such event, we must comply with the financial covenants for a period commencing on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding such event (unless such event occurs on the last day of a fiscal quarter, in which case the compliance period commences on such date) and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the fiscal quarter in which such event occurred.

The Company is currently in compliance under the revolving credit facility and anticipates that it will remain in compliance with the covenants.

As of December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002, the Company had outstanding $120 million and $125 million, respectively, in 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005. Interest was payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15. During 2002, the Company repurchased $5 million of 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes for an amount that approximated their face value plus accrued interest.

The Notes were guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries. The Notes became redeemable for cash after November 15, 2000 at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, initially at a redemption price equal to 104.75% of the principal amount, declining to 100% of the principal amount on November 15, 2003, plus accrued interest thereon to the date fixed for redemption. At December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002, the estimated fair value of these notes based on then current market prices was approximately $115.2 million and $105.0 million, respectively.

On February 4, 2004, the Company completed a private offering of $135 million in 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014. Interest on these Notes is payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 beginning August 1, 2004. Proceeds from the issuance of these Notes were used to redeem in full the Company’s previously outstanding 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 and to reduce borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility. These Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries. Prior to February 1, 2007, we may redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price equal to

109.5% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest, with the cash proceeds from certain kinds of equity offerings. In addition, the Notes will become redeemable for cash after February 1, 2009 at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, initially at a redemption price equal to 104.75% of the principal amount, declining to 100% of the principal amount on February 1, 2012, plus accrued interest thereon to the date fixed for redemption.

On January 17, 2002, the Company completed a private offering of $175 million in 10.375% Senior Notes due 2010. Interest is payable semi-annually on February 1st and August 1st beginning August 1st, 2002. Proceeds from the issuance of these Notes were used to pay down the revolving credit facility.

The Notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior basis by certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Notes are redeemable up to 35% at any time prior to February 1, 2005 with the proceeds of one or more equity offerings at a price of 110 3/8% of the principal amount. At December 28, 2003 the estimated fair value of these notes based on then current market prices was approximately $185.9 million.

The Company has outstanding $150 million in 7.3% Senior Notes due 2008. Interest is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1.

The Senior Notes are unsecured, senior notes and are guaranteed, jointly and severally, by certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries. The Senior Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, at any time or from time to time, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed or (ii) the sum of the present value of the remaining scheduled payments, discounted on a semi-annual basis at the treasury rate plus 50 basis points, plus, in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, accrued interest to the date of redemption. At December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002, the estimated fair value of these notes based on then current market prices was approximately $141.8 million and $128.3 million, respectively.

Subsidiaries of the Company have an aggregate of $15.6 million of lines of credit available at interest rates ranging from 1.0% to 7.3%. No amounts were outstanding under these lines of credit as of December 28, 2003. Subsidiaries of the Company also have an aggregate of $13.3 million of standby letters of credit outstanding, related primarily to the debt of a subsidiary and workers compensation liabilities.

The Company is authorized to create and issue up to 5,000,000 shares of $1.00 par value Preferred Stock in one or more series and to determine the rights and preferences of each series, to the extent permitted by the Articles of Incorporation, and to fix the terms of such preferred stock without any vote or action by the shareholders. The issuance of any series of preferred stock may have an adverse effect on the rights of holders of common stock and could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock.

In addition, any issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company.

The Company has previously issued one purchase right (a “Right”) in respect of each outstanding share of Common Stock. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one two-

hundredth of a share (a “Unit”) of Series B Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”).

The Rights may have certain anti-takeover effects. The Rights will cause substantial dilution to a person or group that acquires (without the consent of the Company’s Board of Directors) more than 15% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or if other specified events occur without the Rights having been redeemed or in the event of an exchange of the Rights for Common Stock as permitted under the Shareholder Rights Plan.

The dividend and liquidation rights of the Series B Preferred Stock are designed so that the value of one one-hundredth of a share of Series B Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of each Right will approximate the same economic value as one share of Common Stock, including voting rights. The exercise price per Right is $90, subject to adjustment. Shares of Series B Preferred Stock will entitle the holder to a minimum preferential dividend of $1.00 per share, but will entitle the holder to an aggregate dividend payment of 200 times the dividend declared on each share of Common Stock. In the event of liquidation, each share of Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to a minimum preferential liquidation payment of $1.00, plus accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, but will be entitled to an aggregate payment of 200 times the payment made per share of Common Stock. In the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which Common Stock is exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash or other property, each share of Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive 200 times the amount received per share of Common Stock. Series B Preferred Stock is not convertible into Common Stock.

Each share of Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to 200 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Company, and shares of Series B Preferred Stock will generally vote together as one class with the Common Stock and any other voting capital stock of the Company on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s shareholders. While the Company’s Class B Common Stock remains outstanding, holders of Series B Preferred Stock will vote as a single class with the Class A Common Stockholders for election of directors.

Further, whenever dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock are in arrears in an amount equal to six quarterly payments, the Series B Preferred Stock, together with any other shares of preferred stock then entitled to elect directors, shall have the right, as a single class, to elect one director until the default has been cured. The Rights expire on March 15, 2008 unless extended or unless the Rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company.

The Company is authorized to issue 80 million shares of $.10 par value Class A Common Stock and 40 million shares of $.10 par value Class B Common Stock. Class A and Class B Common Stock have identical voting rights except for the election or removal of directors. Holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled as a class to elect a majority of the Board of Directors. Under the terms of the Class B Common Stock, its special voting rights to elect a majority of the Board members would terminate irrevocably if the total outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock ever comprises less than ten percent of the Company’s total issued and outstanding shares of Class A and Class B Common Stock. On December 28, 2003, the outstanding Class B shares constituted approximately 14% of the total outstanding shares of Class A and Class B Common Stock. The Company’s Class A Common Stock is traded in the over-the-counter market under the symbol IFSIA and is quoted on Nasdaq. The Company’s Class B Common Stock is not publicly traded. Class B Common Stock is convertible into Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis. Both classes of Common Stock share in dividends available to common shareholders. Cash dividends on Common Stock were $0.00 per share for 2003, $0.045 per share for 2002 and $0.15 per share for 2001.

The Company had a stock repurchase program, pursuant to which it was authorized to repurchase up to 4,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in the open market through May 19, 2002. During 2001, the Company repurchased 280,300 shares of Class A Common Stock under this program, at prices ranging from $6.02 to $9.44 per share. No shares were repurchased during the year 2002 or 2003.

All treasury stock is accounted for using the cost method. During 2001, the Company retired 7,773,000 shares of treasury stock.

The Company has an Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (“Omnibus Plan”) under which a committee of independent Directors is authorized to grant directors and key employees, including officers, options to purchase the Company’s Common Stock. Options are exercisable for shares of Class A or Class B Common Stock at a price not less than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant. The options generally become exercisable 20% per year over a five-year period from the date of the grant and the options generally expire ten years from the date of the grant. Initially, an aggregate of 3,600,000 shares of Common Stock not previously authorized for issuance under any plan, plus the number of shares subject to outstanding stock options granted under certain predecessor plans minus the number of shares issued on or after the effective date pursuant to the exercise of such outstanding stock options granted under predecessor plans, were available to be issued under the Omnibus Plan. In May 2001, the shareholders approved an amendment to the Omnibus Plan which increased by 2,000,000 the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Omnibus Plan.

The following tables summarize stock option activity under the Omnibus Plan and predecessor plans:

As of December 28, 2003, the number of shares authorized for issuance under the Omnibus Plan that were not the subject of then-outstanding option grants was 1,354,000.

During fiscal years 2003, 2002, and 2001 restricted stock awards were granted for 180,000, 160,000, and 279,498 shares, respectively, of Class B Common Stock. These shares vest with respect to each employee over a seven-year period from the date of grant for the 2002 and 2003 awards, and over a nine-year period from the date of grant for awards prior to 2002, provided the individual remains in the employment of the Company as of the vesting date. Additionally, these shares (or a portion thereof) could vest upon the attainment of certain share performance criteria; in the event of a change in control of the Company; or, in the case of the 204,984 awards granted in 1997 that have neither vested or been forfeited, upon involuntary termination. Compensation expense relating to these grants was approximately $1,033,000, $958,000, and $1,051,000 during 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively. During 2003, 2002 and 2001, shares were issued and, as a result, unamortized

stock compensation for the value of the awards was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. During 2003, no shares vested. During 2002, 44,882 shares vested as a result of the Company meeting certain share performance criteria. At December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002, stock awards for 1,020,745 and 922,594 shares of Class B Common Stock remained outstanding, respectively.

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of Class A and Class B Common Stock outstanding during each year. Shares issued during the year and shares reacquired during the year are weighted for the portion of the year that they were outstanding. Diluted loss per share is computed in a manner consistent with that of basic loss per share while giving effect to all potentially dilutive common shares that were outstanding during the period. During 2003, 2002 and 2001, the number of weighted average shares outstanding was approximately 50,282,000, 50,194,000 and 50,099,000, respectively. For 2003, 2002 and 2001, potentially dilutive securities (consisting of options) were not considered in the calculation of diluted loss per share, as their impact would be antidilutive.

During 2002, the Company recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of $23.4 million. The charge reflected: (i) the consolidation of three fabrics manufacturing facilities; (ii) the further rationalization of the Re:Source operations; (iii) a worldwide workforce reduction of approximately 206 employees; and (iv) the consolidation of certain European facilities. We also incurred additional pre-tax charges of $6.2 million during 2003 to complete the 2002 restructuring initiatives, consisting primarily of cash expenditures for further staff reductions and facilities consolidation costs.

Specific elements of the restructuring activities, the related costs and current status of the plan are discussed below.

Sluggish economic conditions caused a decline in demand for fabrics, floorcovering and related services. In order to better match the Company’s cost structure to the expected revenue base, the Company consolidated three fabrics manufacturing plants, closed vacated facilities and made other head-count reductions. A charge of approximately $13.2 million was recorded representing the relocation of equipment, the reduction of carrying value of certain property and equipment, product rationalization and other costs to consolidate these operations. Additionally, the Company recorded approximately $1.7 million of termination benefits associated with the facility closures and other head-count reductions. The Company also incurred additional pre-tax charges of $6.2 million during 2003 to complete the 2002 restructuring initiatives in the United States, consisting primarily of cash expenditures for further staff reductions and facilities consolidation costs.

During 2003, the Company revised its estimates related to the impairment charges incurred on certain facilities in the United States. Additionally, the Company identified additional severance and other costs related to the restructuring of its Fabrics Group segment and has reallocated its reserves to reflect its change in estimates. Such changes have been reflected in the tables presented below.

The soft global economy during 2002 led management to conclude that further right-sizing of the European and Australian operations was necessary. As a result, the Company elected to consolidate certain production and administrative facilities throughout Europe and Australia. During 2002, a charge of approximately $4.6 million was recorded representing the reduction of carrying value of the related property and

equipment and other costs to consolidate these operations. Additionally, the Company recorded approximately $4.0 million of termination benefits in 2002 associated with the facility closures.

The restructuring charge recorded in 2002 was comprised of $10.6 million of cash expenditures for severance benefits and other costs, and $12.8 million of non-cash charges, primarily for the write-down of carrying value and disposal of certain assets.

The termination benefits of $5.7 million recorded in 2002, primarily related to severance costs, were a result of aggregate reductions of approximately 206 employees. The staff reductions as originally planned were expected to be as follows:

As a result of the restructuring, a total of 189 employees were terminated through December 29, 2002. The charge for termination benefits and other costs to exit activities incurred during 2002 was reflected as a separately stated charge against operating income. An additional 82 employees were terminated during the fiscal year ended December 28, 2003.

The following table displays the activity within the accrued restructuring liability for the period ended December 28, 2003:

During 2001, the Company recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of $65.1 million, including $10.5 million related to the discontinued operations of the U.S. raised/access flooring business. The charge reflected: (i) the withdrawal from the European broadloom market; (ii) the consolidation in the U.S. raised/access flooring operations; (iii) the further rationalization of the U.S. broadloom operations; (iv) a worldwide workforce reduction of approximately 838 employees; and (v) the consolidation of certain non-strategic Re:Source operations. The Company initially recorded a charge of $62.2 million during the third quarter of 2001, and in the fourth quarter of 2001 recorded an additional $2.9 million charge related to pension benefits for terminated European employees.

Specific elements of the restructuring activities, the related costs and current status of the plan are discussed below.

Economic developments caused a decline in demand for raised/access flooring, panel fabric and certain of the Company’s other products. In order to better match the cost structure to the expected revenue base, the Company closed two raised/access flooring plants and one panel fabric plant, eliminated certain product lines, consolidated certain under-performing distribution locations and made other head-count reductions. A charge of approximately $28.8 million was recorded representing the reduction of carrying value of the related property and equipment, impairment of intangible assets and other costs to close these operations. Additionally, the Company recorded approximately $5.3 million of termination benefits associated with the facility closures and other head-count reductions.

For several years leading up to 2001, the Company’s European broadloom operations had negative returns. The softening global economy during 2001, and the events of September 11, 2001 (which severely impacted consumers of broadloom carpet in the hospitality, leisure and airline businesses) led management to conclude that positive returns from this operation were unlikely for the near future. As a result, the Company elected to divest of this operation. The Company also elected to consolidate certain production and administrative facilities throughout Europe. A charge of approximately $19.0 million was recorded representing the reduction of carrying value of the related property and equipment, impairment of intangible assets and other costs to close or dispose of these operations. Additionally, the Company recorded approximately $12.0 million of termination benefits associated with the facility closures.

A summary of the restructuring activities, including activities related to the discontinued U.S. raised/access flooring business, is presented below:

These amounts include restructuring charges of approximately $10.5 million related to the discontinued operations of the U.S. raised/access flooring business.

The restructuring charge was comprised of $24.0 million of cash expenditures for severance benefits and other costs and $41.1 million of non-cash charges, primarily for the write-down of carrying value and disposal of certain assets.

The termination benefits of $17.3 million, primarily related to severance costs, are a result of aggregate reductions of approximately 838 employees. The staff reductions as originally planned were expected to be as follows:

As a result of the restructuring, a total of 847 employees were terminated. The charge for termination benefits and other costs to exit activities incurred during 2001 was reflected as a separately stated charge against operating income.

The following table displays the activity within the accrued restructuring liability for the periods ended December 28, 2003, December 29, 2002 and September 30, 2001:

Cash payments for other costs to exit activities were $7.3 million and $2.7 million for 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Provisions for federal, foreign, and state income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations consisted of the following components:

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes on income consisted of the following:

Deferred income taxes for the years ended December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002 reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

At December 28, 2003, the Company had approximately $73 million in federal net operating losses expiring in 2023 and approximately $207 million in state net operating losses expiring at various times through 2023. Additionally, the Company’s foreign subsidiaries had approximately $15.7 million in net operating losses available for an unlimited carryforward period.

The sources of the temporary differences and their effect on the net deferred tax asset are as follows:

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the accompanying balance sheet as follows:

The effective tax rate on loss from continuing operations before taxes differs from the U.S. statutory rate. The following summary reconciles taxes at the U.S. statutory rate with the effective rates:

Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries amounted to approximately $50 million at December 28, 2003. Those earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes has been provided thereon. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company would be subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits) and withholding taxes payable to the various foreign countries. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liability is not practicable because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation. Withholding taxes of approximately $1.1 million would be payable upon remittance of all previously unremitted earnings at December 28, 2003.

In the fourth quarter of 2002, management approved and committed to a plan to sell or otherwise create a joint venture or strategic alliance for its U.S. raised/access flooring business. The Company recorded an impairment charge of $12.0 million, net of tax, during the fourth quarter of 2002 to adjust the carrying value of

the assets of this business to their estimated fair values. In the third quarter of 2003, the Company sold the U.S. raised/access flooring business and recorded a loss on disposal of $8.8 million, net of tax.

Additional information regarding the U.S. raised/access flooring business is as follows:

The Company has used derivative financial instruments for the purpose of reducing its exposure to adverse fluctuations in interest rates. While these hedging instruments are subject to fluctuations in value, such fluctuations are offset by the fluctuations in values of the underlying exposures being hedged. The Company has not held or issued derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. The Company has historically monitored the use of derivative financial instruments through the use of objective measurable systems, well-defined market and credit risk limits, and timely reports to senior management according to prescribed guidelines. The Company has established strict counter-party credit guidelines and has entered into transactions only with financial institutions of investment grade or better. As a result, the Company has historically considered the risk of counter-party default to be minimal.

In order to benefit from a decline in interest rates, during 2001 the Company entered into an agreement with a financial institution whereby the commitment to pay a fixed rate of interest on its 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes was swapped for a commitment to pay a variable rate of interest based upon LIBOR. The notional amount of this transaction at December 30, 2001 was $125 million. During 2002, the Company amended the agreement to swap the commitment to pay the fixed rate of interest on $75 million of the Company’s 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes and $50 million of the Company’s 10.375% Senior Notes for a commitment to pay a variable rate based upon LIBOR. The objective of these transactions was to allow the Company to benefit from reductions in the interest rates. This interest rate swap agreement was unwound in May 2003 and, as of December 28, 2003, we did not have any interest rate swap agreements in place.

The Company leases certain marketing, production and distribution facilities and equipment. At December 28, 2003, aggregate minimum rent commitments under operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more consisted of the following:

The totals above exclude minimum lease payments of $0.6 million in each of years 2004-2007, and $1.0 million for 2008 and thereafter, related to the discontinued operations of the U.S. raised/access flooring business.

Rental expense amounted to approximately $26.5 million, $29.0 million, and $33.4 million for the fiscal years ended 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively. This excludes rental expenses of approximately $0.6 million, $0.7 million and $1.1 million for 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, related to the discontinued operations of the U.S. raised/access flooring business.

The Company has a 401(k) retirement investment plan (“401(k) Plan”), which is open to all otherwise eligible U.S. employees with at least six months of service. The 401(k) Plan calls for Company matching contributions on a sliding scale based on the level of the employee’s contribution. The Company may, at its discretion, make additional contributions to the Plan based on the attainment of certain performance targets by its subsidiaries. The Company’s matching contributions are funded monthly and totaled approximately $1.9 million, $2.0 million, and $2.5 million for the years ended 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively. The Company’s discretionary contributions totaled $2.1 million for the year ended 2001. No discretionary contributions were made in 2003 or 2002. These totals exclude $0.0 million of matching contributions for each of 2003, 2002, and 2001, and $0.1 million of discretionary contributions for each of 2002, and 2001, respectively, related to the discontinued U.S. raised/access flooring business.

Under the Interface, Inc. Nonqualified Savings Plan (“NSP”), the Company provides eligible employees the opportunity to enter into agreements for the deferral of a specified percentage of their compensation, as defined in the NSP. The obligations of the Company under such agreements to pay the deferred compensation in the future in accordance with the terms of the NSP will be unsecured general obligations of the Company. Participants have no right, interest or claim in the assets of the Company, except as unsecured general creditors. The Company has established a Rabbi Trust to hold, invest and reinvest deferrals and contributions under the NSP. If a change in control of the Company occurs, as defined in the NSP, the Company will contribute an amount to the Rabbi Trust sufficient to pay the obligation owed to each participant. Deferred compensation in connection with the NSP totaled $5.9 million which was invested in cash and marketable securities at December 28, 2003.

The Company has trusteed defined benefit retirement plans (“Plans”), which cover many of its European employees. The benefits are generally based on years of service and the employee’s average monthly compensation. Pension expense was $6.2 million, $2.7 million, and $2.8 million for the years ended 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively. Plan assets are primarily invested in equity and fixed income securities.

The tables presented below set forth the funded status of the Company’s significant domestic and foreign defined benefit plans and required disclosures in accordance with SFAS 132.

The Company maintains a nonqualified salary continuation plan (“SCP”) which is designed to induce selected officers of the Company to remain in the employ of the Company by providing them with retirement, disability and death benefits in addition to those which they may receive under the Company’s other retirement plans and benefit programs. The SCP entitles participants to (i) retirement benefits upon retirement at age 65 (or early retirement at age 55) after completing at least 15 years of service with the Company (unless otherwise provided in the SCP), payable for the remainder of their lives (or, if elected by a participant, a reduced benefit is payable for the remainder of the participant’s life and any surviving spouse’s life) and in no event less than 10 years under the death benefit feature; (ii) disability benefits payable for the period of any pre-retirement total disability; and (iii) death benefits payable to the designated beneficiary of the participant for a period of up to 10 years (or, if elected by a surviving spouse that is the designated beneficiary, a reduced benefit is payable for the remainder of such surviving spouse’s life). Benefits are determined according to one of three formulas contained in the SCP, and the SCP is administered by the Compensation Committee, which has full discretion in choosing participants and the benefit formula applicable to each. The Company’s obligations under the SCP are currently unfunded (although the Company uses insurance instruments to hedge its exposure thereunder); however, the Company is required to contribute the present value of its obligations thereunder to an irrevocable grantor trust in the event of a change in control as defined in the SCP.

The tables presented below set forth the required disclosures in accordance with SFAS 132 and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements related to the SCP.

Effective December 28, 2003, the Company changed its method of classifying its business into segments. All prior periods have been restated to reflect this change.

The Company currently classifies its businesses into the following five operating segments for certain reporting purposes: (1) the Modular Carpet segment, which includes our Interface, Heuga and InterfaceFLOR modular carpet businesses, (2) the Broadloom segment, which includes our Bentley and Prince Street broadloom, modular carpet and area rug business, (3) the Services segment, which primarily encompasses our Re:Source dealers that provide carpet installation and maintenance services in the United States, (4) the Fabrics Group segment, which includes all of our fabrics businesses worldwide, and (5) the Specialty Products segment, which includes Pandel, Inc., a producer of vinyl carpet tile backing and specialty mat and foam products, and also includes our Intersept antimicrobial sales and licensing program.

The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. Segment amounts disclosed are prior to any elimination entries made in consolidation, except in the case of Net Sales, where intercompany sales have been eliminated. The chief operating decision maker evaluates performance of the segments based on operating income. Costs excluded from this profit measure primarily consist of allocated corporate expenses, interest expense and income taxes. Corporate expenses are primarily comprised of corporate overhead expenses. Thus, operating income includes only the costs that are directly attributable to the operations of the individual segment. Assets not identifiable to an individual segment are corporate assets, which are primarily comprised of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, intangible assets and intercompany receivables and loans (which are eliminated in consolidation).

A reconciliation of the Company’s total segment operating income (loss), depreciation and amortization, and assets to the corresponding consolidated amounts follows:

Revenue and long-lived assets related to operations in the United States and other countries are as follows:


(1)	Revenue attributed to geographic areas is based on the location of the customer.

(2)	Long-lived assets include tangible assets physically located in foreign countries.

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal periods indicated, selected consolidated financial data and information regarding the market price per share of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. The prices represent the reported high and low closing sale prices.


(1)	During 2003, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $6.2 million, which is included in loss from continuing operations. The amounts recorded were $2.1 million in the first quarter of 2003, $2.5 million in the second quarter of 2003 and $1.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2003. During the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $23.4 million, which is included in loss from continuing operations, and an impairment write-down related to the discontinued U.S. raised/access flooring business of $12.0 million (see “Restructuring Charges” and “Discontinued Operations”).

(2)	Effective the first quarter 2002, the Company recorded an after-tax charge of $55.4 million, or $1.10 per share, to recognize the effect of a change in accounting principle as required by SFAS 142.

The “guarantor subsidiaries,” which consist of the Company’s principal domestic subsidiaries, are guarantors of the Company’s 10.375% senior notes due 2010, its 7.3% notes due 2008, and its 9.5% senior subordinated notes due 2005. The following condensed consolidated financial information presents:

(1) Condensed consolidating balance sheets as of December 28, 2003, December 29, 2002, and December 30, 2001 and related statements of income and cash flow for the periods ending December 28, 2003, December 29, 2002 and December 30, 2001 of (a) Interface, Inc. (the parent) (b) the guarantor subsidiaries as a group, the non-guarantor subsidiaries as a group, and (d) Interface on a consolidated basis; and

(2) Eliminating entries necessary to consolidate Interface, Inc. with the guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries. The principle elimination entries eliminate inter-company balances, transactions and investments in subsidiaries.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Interface, Inc. as of December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 28, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Interface, Inc. as of December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 28, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, during 2002 the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-14(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”). Based on that evaluation, our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. There have been no significant changes in our internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of the last evaluation of these controls.

The information contained under the captions “Nomination and Election of Directors”, “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”, and “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of our 2003 fiscal year, is incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to Instruction 3 to Paragraph (b) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K, information relating to our executive officers is included in Item 1 of this Report.

The Company has adopted the “Interface Code of Business Conduct and Ethics,” which applies to all employees, officers and directors of the Company, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The Code may be viewed on the Company’s website at www.interfaceinc.com. Changes to the Code will be posted on the Company’s website. Any waiver of the Code for executive officers or directors may be made only by the Company’s Board of Directors and will be disclosed to the extent required by law or Nasdaq rules on the Company’s website.

The information contained under the caption “Executive Compensation and Related Items” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of our 2003 fiscal year, is incorporated herein by reference.

The information contained under the captions “Principal Shareholders and Management Stock Ownership” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of our 2003 fiscal year, is incorporated herein by reference.

For purposes of determining the aggregate market value of our voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates, shares held of record by our directors and executive officers have been excluded. The exclusion of such shares is not intended to, and shall not, constitute a determination as to which persons or entities may be “affiliates” as that term is defined under federal securities laws.

The information contained under the caption “Executive Compensation and Related Items — Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of our 2003 fiscal year, is incorporated herein by reference.

The information contained under the caption “Information Concerning the Company’s Accountants” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of our 2003 fiscal year, is incorporated herein by reference.

The following Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto of Interface, Inc. and subsidiaries and related Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants are contained in Item 8 of this Report:

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) — years ended December 28, 2003, December 29, 2002 and December 30, 2001

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — years ended December 28, 2003, December 29, 2002 and December 30, 2001

The following Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule of Interface, Inc. and subsidiaries and related Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants are included as part of this Report (see pages 89-90):


*	Management contract or compensatory plan or agreement required to be filed pursuant to Item 14(c) of this Report.

The following reports on Form 8-K were filed or furnished by the Company during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this Report:

The audits referred to in our report dated February 16, 2004 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Interface, Inc., which is contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K, included the audit of Financial Statement Schedule II (Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves) set forth in the Form 10-K. The Financial Statement Schedule is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Financial Statement Schedule based upon our audits.

In our opinion, such Financial Statement Schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

(All other Schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission are omitted because they are either not applicable or the required information is shown in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.)

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


	By:	/s/ DANIEL T. HENDRIX



	Daniel T. Hendrix
	President and Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Daniel T. Hendrix as attorney-in-fact, with power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

EX-4.6 3 g87621exv4w6.txt EX-4.6 INDENTURE GOVERNING SENIOR NOTES EXHIBIT 4.6 ================================================================================ INTERFACE, INC., as Issuer, The Subsidiaries of The Issuer Identified on the Signature Pages Hereto, as Guarantors, and SUNTRUST BANK, as Trustee INDENTURE Dated as of February 4, 2004 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 Initial Issue: $135,000,000 ================================================================================ Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and Indenture

- --------------- Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture TABLE OF CONTENTS(1)

- ------------------ 1 Note: This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture. ii

iii

EXHIBIT A Form of Security EXHIBIT B Form of Certificate of Transfer EXHIBIT C Form of Certificate of Exchange EXHIBIT D Form of Notation of Guarantee EXHIBIT E Form of Supplemental Indenture To Be Delivered By Subsequent Guarantors v INDENTURE, dated as of February 4, 2004, among Interface, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Georgia (the "Company"), Architectural Floors, Inc., an Ohio corporation; Bentley Prince Street, Inc. (formerly known as Bentley Mills, Inc.), a Delaware corporation; Bentley Mills, Inc. (formerly known as Bentley Royalty Company), a Nevada corporation; Interface Fabrics Group South, Inc. (formerly known as Chatham, Inc.), a North Carolina corporation; Carpet Services of Tampa, Inc., a Florida corporation; Commercial Flooring Systems, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation; Flooring Consultants, Inc., an Arizona corporation; Interface Fabrics Group North, Inc. (formerly known as Guilford of Maine, Inc.), a Nevada corporation; Interface Americas, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Interface Architectural Resources, Inc., a Michigan corporation; Interface Fabrics Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation; Interface Fabrics Group Marketing, Inc. (formerly known as Interface Fabrics Group Marketing Company), a Nevada corporation; Interface Flooring Systems, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Interface Overseas Holdings, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Interface Teknit, Inc., a Michigan corporation; Interfaceflor, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Pandel, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Quaker City International, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation; Re: Source Americas Enterprises, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Re: Source Colorado, Inc., a Colorado corporation; Re: Source Minnesota, Inc., a Minnesota corporation; Re: Source North Carolina, Inc., a North Carolina corporation; Re:Source New Jersey, Inc., a New Jersey corporation; Re: Source New York, Inc., a New York corporation; Re:Source Oregon, Inc., an Oregon corporation; Re:Source South Florida, Inc., a Florida corporation; Re:Source Southern California, Inc., a California corporation; Re:Source Washington, D.C., Inc., a Virginia corporation; Southern Contract Systems, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Superior/Reiser Flooring Resources, Inc., a Texas corporation; Interface Fabrics Group Finishing, Inc. (formerly known as Toltec Fabrics, Inc.), a Georgia corporation; Interface Americas Holdings, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company; Interface Americas Re:Source Technologies, LLC, Georgia limited liability company; Interface Real Estate Holdings, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company; Interface TekSolutions, LLC, a Michigan limited liability company; Strategic Flooring Services, Inc., a Georgia corporation; (collectively, the "Initial Guarantors"), and SunTrust Bank, a Georgia banking corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee"). Each party hereto agrees as follows for the benefit of each other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company's 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the "Notes") in an original principal amount of up to $135,000,000 (the "Initial Securities"), 9.5% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the "Initial Exchange Securities") and any other Notes and related Guarantees issued under this Indenture whether originally issued in registered form or in exchange for non-registered securities, (collectively, the "Additional Securities"). The Initial Securities, the Initial Exchange Securities and the Additional Securities, if any, together, in each case, with all related Guarantees, are collectively referred to herein as the "Securities." ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION SECTION 1.01 DEFINITIONS. "144A Global Securities" means global Securities in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Securities Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and 1 registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the series of Securities solely in reliance on Rule 144A. "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person (1) assumed in connection with an Asset Acquisition from such Person; (2) existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of any other Person; or (3) secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purpose of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as applied to any specified Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise. The Trustee may request and conclusively rely on an Officers' Certificate to determine whether any Person is an Affiliate of the Company. "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar. "Agent Members" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a) of this Indenture. "Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Securities, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. "Asset Acquisition" means: (1) an Investment by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Subsidiary of the Company, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; (2) the acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of the assets of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person; or (3) the acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of any division or line of business of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company). "Asset Sale" means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition to any Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, in one or a series of related transactions, of: (1) any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Company (other than in respect of any director's qualifying shares or investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable law); 2 (2) all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; or (3) any other properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Asset Sale" shall not include: (1) any sale, transfer or other disposition of equipment, tools or other assets by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in one or a series of related transactions in respect of which the Company or such Subsidiary receives cash or property with an aggregate Fair Market Value of $1,000,000 or less; (2) sales of accounts receivable or interests in accounts receivable of the Company or any Subsidiaries pursuant to the Receivables Securitization Agreements; (3) any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of properties or assets that is governed by Section 5.01; (4) sales of Currency Agreement Obligations; and (5) any transfer or disposition of Receivables and Related Assets in a Qualified Securitization Transaction. "Asset Sale Offer" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12. "Asset Sale Offer Price" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12. "Asset Sale Purchase Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12. "Assets" of any Person means all types of real, personal, tangible, intangible or mixed property or assets owned by such Person whether or not included in the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries under GAAP. "Attributable Liens" means, in connection with a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the lesser of (1) the fair market value of the assets subject to such transaction; and (2) the present value (discounted at a rate per annum equal to the average interest borne by all outstanding Securities issued under the Indenture determined on a weighted average basis and compounded semiannually) of the obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the term of the related lease. "Authentication Order" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02. "Average Life to Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any Indebtedness, as at any date of determination, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of (A) the number of years (or any fraction thereof) from such date to the date or dates of each successive scheduled principal payment (including, without limitation, any sinking fund requirements) of such 3 Indebtedness multiplied by (B) the amount of each such principal payment by (2) the sum of all such principal payments. "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11 United States Code or any similar law for the relief of debtors. "Board of Directors" means the board of directors (or managing members in the case of a limited liability company) of the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, or any duly authorized committee of such board. "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. "Borrowing Base" means 80% of the accounts receivable of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries plus 60% of the inventories of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available. "Broker-Dealer" has the meaning set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement. "Business Day" means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York, State of New York or Atlanta, Georgia are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close. "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person's capital stock, and any rights (other than debt securities convertible into capital stock), warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such capital stock. "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means any obligation under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) any property (whether real, personal or mixed) that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease obligation under GAAP, and the amount of any such obligation at any date shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP. "Cash Equivalents" means, at any time: (1) any evidence of Indebtedness with a maturity of 180 days or less issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof); (2) certificates of deposit or acceptances with a maturity of 180 days or less of any financial institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System having combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000; 4 (3) certificates of deposit with a maturity of 180 days or less of any financial institution that is not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia that are rated at least A-1 by S&P or at least P-1 by Moody's or at least an equivalent rating category of another nationally recognized securities rating agency; (4) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements relating to marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in each case maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition; provided that the terms of such agreements comply with the guidelines set forth in the Federal Financial Agreements of Depository Institutions With Securities Dealers and Others, as adopted by the Comptroller of the Currency on October 31, 1985. "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events: (1) so long as the holders of the Company's Class B Common Stock are entitled to elect a majority of the Company's Board of Directors, any "Person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, shall become the "beneficial owner(s)" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of the Company's Class B Common Stock; (2) at any time, any "Person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, shall become the "beneficial owner(s)" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Company; (3) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, another Person or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where: (A) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for (i) Voting Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the surviving or transferee corporation, or (ii) cash, securities and other property in an amount which could then be paid by the Company as a Restricted Payment under the Indenture, or a combination thereof, and (B) immediately after such transaction, no "Person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), excluding Permitted Holders, is the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, upon the happening of an 5 event or otherwise), directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee corporation. (4) at any time during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of 662/3% of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office; or (5) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation. "Change of Control Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.11. "Change of Control Offer" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.11. "Change of Control Purchase Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.11. "Clearstream" means Clearstream International, S.A. "Co-Agents" means initially Wachovia Bank, National Association as agent under the Credit Agreement and, thereafter, such other or successor agents or co-agents under the Credit Agreement as the Company shall identify to the Trustee from time to time, in writing, for purposes of Section 6.02. "Common Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of, such Person's common stock, whether outstanding at the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock. "Company" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it (or any previous successor) pursuant to this Indenture, and thereafter means such successor. "Company Request" or "Company Order" means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its President, an Executive Vice President, a Senior Vice President or a Vice President, and by any one of its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee. "Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, (1) the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for such period, taken as a single accounting period, of (A) Consolidated Net Income, (B) Consolidated Non-cash Charges, (C) Consolidated Interest Expense, (D) Consolidated Income Tax Expense, and (E) one-third of Consolidated Rental Payments; less (2) any non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period. 6 "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the date of the transaction (the "Transaction Date") giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (such four full fiscal quarter period being referred to herein as the "Four Quarter Period") to the aggregate amount of Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, "Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges" and "Consolidated Fixed Charges" shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to, without duplication, (1) the incurrence of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (and the application of the net proceeds thereof) during the period commencing on the first day of the Four Quarter Period to and including the Transaction Date (the "Reference Period"), including, without limitation, the incurrence of the Indebtedness giving rise to the need to make such calculation (and the application of the net proceeds thereof), as if such incurrence (and application) occurred on the first day of the Reference Period; and (2) any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness) occurring during the Reference Period, as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition occurred on the first day of the Reference Period. Furthermore, in calculating "Consolidated Fixed Charges" for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio," (1) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; and (2) if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the Reference Period. If such Person or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the above clause shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if such Person or such Subsidiary had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Indebtedness. "Consolidated Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for such period of: (1) Consolidated Interest Expense; (2) the product of (A) the aggregate amount of dividends and other distributions paid or accrued during such period in respect of Preferred Stock and Redeemable Capital Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal; and 7 (3) one-third of Consolidated Rental Payments. "Consolidated Income Tax Expense" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of (1) the interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, (A) any amortization of debt discount, (B) the net cost under Interest Rate Protection Obligations, (C) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, (D) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing, and (E) all accrued interest; and (2) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. "Consolidated Net Assets" means, as of any particular time, the aggregate amount of assets after deducting therefrom all current liabilities except for (1) notes and loans payable; (2) current maturities of long-term debt; and (3) current maturities of obligations under capital leases, all as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries and computed in accordance with GAAP. "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income, by excluding, without duplication: (1) all extraordinary gains or losses; (2) the portion of net income (but not losses) of such Person and its Subsidiaries allocable to minority interests in unconsolidated Persons to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries; (3) net income (or loss) of any Person combined with such Person or one of its Subsidiaries on a "pooling of interests" basis attributable to any period prior to the date of combination; (4) any gain or loss realized upon the termination of any employee pension benefit plan, on an after-tax basis; (5) gains or losses in respect of any Asset Sales by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries; and (6) the net income of any Subsidiary of such Person to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any 8 agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders. "Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person at any date, the consolidated stockholders' equity of such Person less the amount of such stockholders' equity attributable to Redeemable Capital Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with GAAP. "Consolidated Non-cash Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charges constituting an extraordinary item or loss or any such charge which required an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period). "Consolidated Rental Payments" of any Person means, for any period, the aggregate rental obligations of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries (not including taxes, insurance, maintenance and similar expenses that the lessee is obligated to pay under the terms of the relevant leases), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, payable in respect of such period (net of income from subleases thereof, not including taxes, insurance, maintenance and similar expenses that the sublessee is obligated to pay under the terms of such sublease), whether or not such obligations are reflected as liabilities or commitments on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries or in the notes thereto, excluding, however, in any event: (1) that portion of Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person representing payments by such Person or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations (net of payments to such Person or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries under subleases qualifying as capitalized lease subleases to the extent that such payments would be deducted in determining Consolidated Interest Expense); and (2) the aggregate amount of amortization of obligations of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of such Capitalized Lease Obligations for such period (net of payments to such Person or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries and subleases qualifying as capitalized lease subleases to the extent that such payments could be deducted in determining such amortization amount). "control" means, with respect to any specified Person, the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. "Corporate Trust Office" means the corporate trust office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which on the date hereof is located in Atlanta, Georgia. "covenant defeasance" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.04. 9 "Credit Agreement" means the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated June 17, 2003, among the Company and certain of its Subsidiaries as borrowers thereunder, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as domestic, multi-currency and collateral agent, Fleet Capital Corporation, as syndication agent, General Electric Capital Corporation, as documentation agent, and the lenders party thereto, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, in each case as such agreement or agreements may from time to time be amended, renewed, extended, substituted, refinanced, restructured, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified (including, without limitation, any successive renewals, extensions, substitutions, refinancings, restructurings, replacements, supplementations or other modifications of the foregoing), and whether with the present lenders or other lenders and administrative agents. "Credit Facilities" means, one or more debt facilities (including without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time. "Currency Agreement" means, with respect to any Person, any spot or foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person or any of its Subsidiaries against, or to manage exposure to, fluctuations in currency values. "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. "Default" means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. "Depositary" means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. "Designated Senior Indebtedness" means: (1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement; (2) all Indebtedness under the 10.375% Notes and the indenture therefor; (3) all Indebtedness under the Company's 7.3% Senior Notes due 2008 and the indenture therefor; (4) any Senior Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date that by its terms contains a payment blockage period with respect to subordinated indebtedness (i.e. indebtedness subordinated to such Senior Indebtedness); and 10 (5) any other Senior Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture the aggregate principal amount of which that is committed and available to be drawn on is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company as Designated Senior Indebtedness. For purposes of determining whether a particular issue of Senior Indebtedness may qualify as Designated Senior Indebtedness, the principal amount of one or more issues of Senior Indebtedness owing to a common lender (or its Affiliates) may be aggregated. "Equity Interests" means Capital Stock (excluding Redeemable Capital Stock) and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (excluding Redeemable Capital Stock). "Event of Default" has the meaning set forth under Section 6.01 herein. "Excess Proceeds" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. "Exchange Offer" means (1) in the case of the Initial Securities, the offer by the Company to the Holders of the Initial Securities to exchange all of the Initial Securities for Initial Exchange Securities, as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement; and (2) in the case of any Additional Securities, an offer by the Company to the Holders of the applicable issue of Additional Securities to exchange all of the applicable issue of Additional Securities for Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement entered into in connection with the sale of such Additional Securities. "Exchange Offer Registration Statement" means the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as defined in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement. "Exchange Securities" has the meaning stated in the second paragraph of this Indenture and refers to any Exchange Securities containing terms substantially identical to the Initial Securities that are issued and exchanged for the Initial Securities in accordance with the Exchange Offer, as provided for in the case of the Initial Securities in the Registration Rights Agreement applicable thereto and this Indenture or, in the case of Additional Securities such exchange securities issuable in exchange for initial Additional Securities; except that, in each case (1) such Exchange Securities shall not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions and shall be registered under the Securities Act; (2) certain provisions relating to an increase in the stated rate of interest thereon as liquidated damages in the form of Special Interest shall be eliminated; and (3) in the case of Additional Securities (when they take the form of Exchange Securities), similar provisions relating to an increase in the stated rate of interest thereon as liquidated damages in the form of Special Interest shall also be eliminated. "Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any assets the price, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith, which could be negotiated in an arm's-length free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing buyer, neither of which is under pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction; provided, however, that with respect to any transaction which involves an asset or assets in excess of $5,000,000, such determination shall be evidenced by a certificate of an officer of the Company delivered to the Trustee. 11 "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States of America, which are applicable from time to time and are consistently applied. "Global Securities Legend" means the legend set forth in Section 2.15(c), which is required to be placed on all Global Securities issued under this Indenture. "Global Securities" means, individually and collectively, each of 144A Global Securities, the Regulation S Global Securities, and the Exchange Global Securities regardless of whether such securities are Restricted Global Securities or Unrestricted Global Securities, issued in accordance with certain sections of this Indenture. "Guarantee" shall mean each guarantee of the Securities by each Guarantor created pursuant to Article 11. "guarantee" means, as applied to any obligation, (1) a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part or all of such obligation; and (2) an agreement, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such obligation, including, without limiting the foregoing, the payment of amounts drawn down by letters of credit. "Guarantor" means (1) the Initial Guarantors consisting of each of Architectural Floors, Inc., an Ohio corporation; Bentley Prince Street, Inc. (formerly known as Bentley Mills, Inc.), a Delaware corporation; Bentley Mills, Inc. (formerly known as Bentley Royalty Company), a Nevada corporation; Interface Fabrics Group South, Inc. (formerly known as Chatham, Inc.), a North Carolina corporation; Carpet Services of Tampa, Inc., a Florida corporation; Commercial Flooring Systems, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation; Flooring Consultants, Inc., an Arizona corporation; Interface Fabrics Group North, Inc. (formerly known as Guilford of Maine, Inc.), a Nevada corporation; Interface Americas, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Interface Architectural Resources, Inc., a Michigan corporation; Interface Fabrics Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation; Interface Fabrics Group Marketing, Inc. (formerly known as Interface Fabrics Group Marketing Company), a Nevada corporation; Interface Flooring Systems, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Interface Overseas Holdings, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Interface Teknit, Inc., a Michigan corporation; Interfaceflor, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Pandel, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Quaker City International, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation; Re:Source Americas Enterprises, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Re:Source Colorado, Inc., a Colorado corporation; Re:Source Minnesota, Inc., a Minnesota corporation; Re:Source North Carolina, Inc., a North Carolina corporation; Re:Source New Jersey, Inc., a New Jersey corporation; Re:Source New York, Inc., a New York corporation; Re:Source Oregon, Inc., an Oregon corporation; Re:Source South Florida, Inc., a Florida corporation; Re:Source Southern California, Inc., a California corporation; Re:Source Washington, D.C., Inc., a Virginia corporation; Southern Contract Systems, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Superior/Reiser Flooring Resources, Inc., a Texas corporation; Interface Fabrics Group Finishing, Inc. (formerly known as Toltec Fabrics, Inc.), 12 a Georgia corporation; Interface Americas Holdings, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company; Interface Americas Re:Source Technologies, LLC, Georgia limited liability company; Interface Real Estate Holdings, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company; Interface TekSolutions, LLC, a Michigan limited liability company; Strategic Flooring Services, Inc., a Georgia corporation, and each other Material U.S. Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Subsidiary); (2) each Person who delivers a Guarantee pursuant to Section 11.06; and (3) shall include any successor replacing a Guarantor pursuant to this Indenture, and thereafter means such successor. "Holder" or "Securityholder" means the Person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar's books. "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: (1) all liabilities of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, excluding any trade payables and other accrued current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and which are not overdue by more than 90 days, but including, without limitation, all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in connection with any letters of credit, banker's acceptance or other similar credit transaction; (2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments; (3) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business; (4) all obligations of such Person arising under Capitalized Lease Obligations; (5) all Indebtedness referred to in the preceding clauses of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons, the payment of which is secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness (the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or asset or the amount of the obligation so secured); (6) all guarantees of Indebtedness referred to in this definition by such Person; (7) all Redeemable Capital Stock of such Person valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued dividends; (8) all obligations under or in respect of Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Protection Obligations of such Person; and 13 (9) any amendment, supplement, modification, deferral, renewal, extension or refunding of any liability of the types referred to in clauses (1) through (8) of this definition. For purposes hereof, the "maximum fixed repurchase price" of any Redeemable Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Stock as if such Redeemable Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Redeemable Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the board of directors of the issuer of such Redeemable Capital Stock. "Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. "Independent Financial Advisor" means a firm (1) which does not, and whose directors, officers and employees or Affiliates do not, have a direct or indirect financial interest in the Company; and (2) which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, is otherwise independent and qualified to perform the task for which it is to be engaged. "Initial Guarantors" has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Indenture. "Initial Purchasers" means (1) in the case of the Initial Securities, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and Fleet Securities, Inc.; and (2) in the case of one or more issuances of Additional Securities pursuant to Rule 144A, the Persons identified in the purchase agreement therefor and by supplement to this Indenture. "Initial Securities" has the meaning stated in the second paragraph of this Indenture. "Institutional Accredited Investor" means an institution that is an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. "interest" means, with respect to any Security, the amount of all interest accruing on such Security, including all interest accruing subsequent to the occurrence of any events specified in Section 6.01(a)(8) and Section 6.01(a)(9) or which would have accrued but for any such event, whether or not such claims are allowable under applicable law. "Interest Payment Date" means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on the Securities, as set forth therein. "Interest Rate Protection Agreement" means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any arrangement with any other Person whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements. "Interest Rate Protection Obligations" means the obligations of any Person pursuant to an Interest Rate Protection Agreement. 14 "Investment" means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, any other Person. In addition, the Fair Market Value of the assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment made by the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at such time. "Investments" shall exclude extensions of trade credit by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in accordance with normal trade practices of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be. "Investments" do not include payments made as the purchase consideration in an Asset Acquisition. "IRB Collateral" means property included in the IRB Collateral as may be approved by the Collateral Agent, pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement. "Issue Date" means February 4, 2004. "legal defeasance" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.03. "Lien" means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or other), security interest, hypothecation, assignment for security, claim, or preference or priority or other encumbrance upon or with respect to any property of any kind. A Person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any property which such Person has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement. "Material Subsidiary" means each Subsidiary, now existing or hereinafter established or acquired, that has or acquires total assets in excess of $10,000,000, or that holds any fixed assets material to the operations or business of another Material Subsidiary. "Material U.S. Subsidiary" means each Material Subsidiary that is incorporated in the United States or any State thereof. "Maturity Date" means, with respect to any Security, the date on which any principal of such Security becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity with respect to such principal or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or purchase or otherwise. "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and its successors. "Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) net of (1) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of legal counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale; (2) provisions for all taxes payable as a result of such Asset Sale; (3) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) owning a beneficial interest in the assets 15 subject to the Asset Sale; and (4) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, as a reserve required in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as reflected in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee. "9.5% Notes" means the Company's 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005. "10.375% Notes" means the Company's 10.375% Senior Notes due 2010. "Non-Recourse Indebtedness" means Indebtedness as to which: (1) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (other than the relevant Unrestricted Subsidiary or another Unrestricted Subsidiary) (A) provides credit support (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument which would constitute Indebtedness); (B) guarantees or is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; or (C) constitutes the lender, in each case, other than pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.09; and (2) no default with respect to such Indebtedness (including any rights which the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against the relevant Unrestricted Subsidiary or its assets) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity. "Non-U.S. Person" means a Person that is not a "U.S. Person", as defined in Regulation S. "Notes" has the meaning set forth in the second paragraph of this Indenture. "Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. "Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Secretary or the Controller of the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be. 16 "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two Officers or by an Officer and an Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary of the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be (in each case, who has been duly elected and is so serving), and delivered to the Trustee. "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company. "Participant" means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to The Depository Trust Company, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). "Pari Passu Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor which ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be. "Paying Agent" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03. "Payment Blockage Notice" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.03. "Permitted Holder" means any of: (1) Ray C. Anderson, Daniel T. Hendrix, Michael D. Bertolucci, Christopher J. Richard, John R. Wells, Raymond S. Willoch, Robert A. Coombs, Patrick C. Lynch, Carl I. Gable, Lindsey K. Parnell and J. Smith Lanier, II; and (2) in the case of each individual referred to in the preceding clause (1), for the purposes of this definition, the reference to such individual shall be deemed to include the members of such individual's immediate family, such individual's estate, and any trusts established by such individual (whether inter vivos or testamentary) for the benefit of members of such individual's immediate family. "Permitted Indebtedness" means the following Indebtedness (each of which shall be given independent effect): (1) Indebtedness of the Company evidenced by the Securities issued on the Issue Date or constituting the Exchange Securities issued in exchange therefor; (2) Indebtedness of any Guarantor evidenced by its Guarantee of the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or in respect of Additional Securities issued in accordance with the other terms of this Indenture; (3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date; (4) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of the Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (A) the Borrowing Base, or (B) $100,000,000, in each case, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales used to repay borrowings under the Credit Agreement pursuant to Section 4.12, it being understood that any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date are deemed to be incurred under this clause (4); 17 (5) Interest Rate Protection Obligations: (A) of the Company covering Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, and (B) Interest Rate Protection Obligations of any Subsidiary of the Company covering Indebtedness of such Subsidiary; provided, however, that, in the case of either clause (A) or (B): (i) any Indebtedness to which any such Interest Rate Protection Obligations relate bears interest at fluctuating interest rates and is otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.08, and (ii) the notional principal amount of any such Interest Rate Protection Obligations does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Interest Rate Protection Obligations relate; (6) Indebtedness of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary owed to and held by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary, and further provided that each loan or other extension of credit: (A) made by a Guarantor to another Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor shall not be subordinated to other obligations of such Subsidiary, and (B) made to a Guarantor by another Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor shall be made on a subordinated basis to the Guarantees, except that (i) any transfer (which shall not include a pledge or assignment as collateral to or for the benefit of any holders of Senior Indebtedness) of such Indebtedness by the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than to the Company or to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) and (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of Capital Stock of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary which is owed Indebtedness of another Wholly Owned Subsidiary such that it ceases to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company shall, in each case, be an incurrence of Indebtedness by such Subsidiary subject to the other provisions of Section 4.08. (7) Indebtedness of the Company owed to and held by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company which is unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the payment and performance of the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Securities except that: (A) any transfer (which shall not include a pledge or assignment as collateral to or for the benefit of any holders of Senior Indebtedness or Pari Passu Indebtedness) of such Indebtedness by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (other than to another Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company), and (B) the sale, transfer or other disposition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of Capital Stock of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (which holds Indebtedness of the Company) such that it ceases to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary 18 shall, in each case under this clause (7), be an incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company, subject to the other provisions of Section 4.08; (8) Indebtedness in respect of Currency Agreements; provided that in the case of Currency Agreements which relate to Indebtedness, such Currency Agreements do not increase the Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; (9) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence; (10) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries evidenced by guarantees of any Permitted Indebtedness subject, in the case of any Subsidiary, to compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 4.16 and Article 11; (11) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries represented by letters of credit for the account of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in order to provide security for workers' compensation claims, payment obligations in connection with self insurance or similar requirements in the ordinary course of business; (12) Indebtedness incurred with respect to: (A) letters of credit issued for the account of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to the Credit Agreement, subject to clause (4) of this definition and the limitations on the maximum amount of Indebtedness which may be incurred under the Credit Agreement, and (B) unsecured letters of credit in addition to those described in (11) above, issued for the account of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business in aggregate outstanding stated amounts not to exceed $5,000,000; (13) Indebtedness, not in excess of $65,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding, owing by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with sales of receivables of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to Receivables Securitization Agreements in connection with one or more Qualified Securitization Transactions; (14) Indebtedness in respect of purchase money obligations, the incurrence of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, purchase money obligations or other Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition, construction, improvement or development of real or personal property (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets), in each case incurred (x) within 180 days before or after the acquisition, construction, development or improvement of the related asset in the case of the initial financing of all or any part of the 19 purchase price or cost of acquisition, construction, improvement or development of property used in the business of the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries, or (y) the refinancing of Indebtedness described in clause (x), in an aggregate principal amount pursuant to this clause (14) not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding; (15) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in addition to that described in clauses (1) through (14) above of this definition, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not exceeding $30,000,000; (16) Indebtedness represented by the 9.5% Notes for such period of time as it shall take to call the 9.5% Notes for redemption and to effect the defeasance thereof, such period not to exceed 91 days from the Issue Date, so long as (A) the Company has, within one (1) Business Day of the Issue Date, called the 9.5% Notes for redemption, (B) proceeds from the issuance of these Securities in an amount sufficient to effect the redemption of the 9.5% Notes have been deposited by the Company with the trustee under the indenture for the 9.5% Notes, by the redemption date for such 9.5% Notes, (C) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred with respect to the legal defeasance of the 9.5% Notes not promptly cured, and (D) the Company in good faith has taken all reasonable steps necessary to effect the actual redemption of the 9.5% Notes in all material respects. (17) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, which means: (A) Indebtedness of the Company the proceeds of which are used to refinance (whether by amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, refunding or replacement, whether with the same or any other Person(s) as lender(s), including successive financings thereof) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (B) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company the proceeds of which are used solely to refinance (whether by amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, refunding or replacement, whether with the same or any other Person(s) as lender(s), including successive financings thereof) Indebtedness of such Subsidiary, in each case, under subclause (A) and subclause (B) of this clause (17), to the extent the Indebtedness to be refinanced was incurred pursuant to clauses (1), (2) or (3) above of this definition or this clause (17) (other than the Indebtedness refinanced, redeemed or retired on the Issue Date) or is originally incurred pursuant to the proviso in Section 4.08. Furthermore, in order to be Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness under this clause (17), the principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (17) (or, if such Indebtedness provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof, the original issue price of such Indebtedness) shall not: (C) exceed the sum of the principal amount of Indebtedness so refinanced (except where the amount of any excess is permitted pursuant to another clause of this 20 definition), plus the amount of any premium or other amount required to be paid in connection with such refinancing pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness or the amount of any premium or other amount reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of the Company as necessary to accomplish such refinancing by means of a tender offer or privately negotiated purchase, plus the amount of expenses in connection therewith; and: (D) in the case of Indebtedness incurred by the Company or a Guarantor pursuant to this clause (17) to: (i) refinance Subordinated Indebtedness, such Indebtedness (I) has no scheduled principal payment prior to the 91st day after the final maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness refinanced, (II) has an Average Life to Stated Maturity greater than the remaining Average Life to Stated Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness refinanced, and (III) is subordinated to the Securities in the same manner and to the same extent that the Subordinated Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated to the Securities or the Guarantees, as the case may be, and (ii) refinance Senior Indebtedness or Pari Passu Indebtedness, such Indebtedness (I) has no scheduled principal payment prior to the 91st day after the final maturity date of the Senior Indebtedness or Pari Passu Indebtedness refinanced, (II) has an Average Life to Stated Maturity greater than the remaining Average Life to Stated Maturity of the Senior Indebtedness or Pari Passu Indebtedness refinanced, and (III) constitutes Senior Indebtedness or Pari Passu Indebtedness, with the same ranking as the Indebtedness refinanced. "Permitted Investments" means any of the following: (1) Investments in any Subsidiary of the Company (including any Person that pursuant to such Investment becomes a Subsidiary of the Company) and in any Person that is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company at the time such Investment is made; (2) Investments in Cash Equivalents; (3) Investments in deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business; (4) Investments in the Securities; (5) Investments in Currency Agreements on commercially reasonable terms entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in connection with the operations of the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries to hedge against fluctuations in foreign exchange rates; (6) loans or advances to officers, employees or consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes of the 21 Company and its Subsidiaries (including travel and moving expenses) not in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding; (7) Investments in evidences of Indebtedness, securities or other property received from another Person by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding or by reason of a composition or readjustment of debt or a reorganization of such Person or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien in exchange for evidences of Indebtedness, securities or other property of such Person held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or for other liabilities or obligations of such other Person to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that were created, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; (8) Investments in Interest Rate Protection Agreements on commercially reasonable terms entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in connection with the operations of the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries to hedge against fluctuations in interest rates; and (9) Investments, in addition to those described in clauses (1) through (8) above, in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed 15% of the Company's Consolidated Net Worth. "Permitted Junior Securities" means: (1) Equity Interests in the Company or any Guarantor; or (2) debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness under the Indenture. "Permitted Liens" means the following types of Liens: (1) Liens existing on the Issue Date; (2) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims either (a) not delinquent or (b) contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall have set aside on its books such reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP; (3) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof; (4) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social 22 security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money); (5) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired; (6) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances in respect of real property not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company of any of its Subsidiaries; (7) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease; (8) purchase money Liens to finance the acquisition or construction of property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that (a) the related purchase money Indebtedness shall not be secured by any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company other than the property and assets so acquired or constructed and (b) the Lien securing such Indebtedness either (i) exists at the time of such acquisition or construction or (ii) shall be created within 90 days of such acquisition or construction; (9) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (10) Liens on any property securing the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit issued by the lenders under the Credit Agreement and as permitted under the Credit Agreement in support of industrial development revenue bonds; (11) Liens, if any, that may be deemed to have been granted in connection with accounts receivable or interests in accounts receivable of the Company or any Subsidiary as a result of the assignment thereof pursuant to Receivables Securitization Agreements; (12) Liens on assets of the Company and any Subsidiary securing Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (including guarantees by any Subsidiary in respect of such Indebtedness); (13) Liens included in the IRB Collateral as may be approved by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement; and (14) Liens securing the Securities or any Guarantee. 23 "Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, charitable foundation, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. "Physical Security" means a certificated Security registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Security shall not bear the Global Securities Legend and shall not have the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Securities" attached thereto. "Predecessor Security" means, with respect to any particular Security, every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 2.07 hereof in exchange for a mutilated Security or in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Security. "Preferred Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person's preferred or preference stock whether now outstanding or issued after the date of this Indenture, and includes, without limitation, all classes and series of preferred or preference stock. "principal" means, with respect to any debt security, the principal of the security plus, when appropriate, the premium, if any, on the security and any interest on overdue principal. "Private Placement Legend" means the legend set forth in Section 2.15(a). "Public Equity Offering" means a completed firm commitment underwritten public offering of Equity Interests (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a registration statement filed on Form S-4 or S-8 (or a successor form thereto) filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act. "QIB" means a "Qualified Institutional Buyer" under Rule 144A. "Qualified Securitization Transaction" means any transaction or series of transactions, and related Receivables Securitization Agreements, that may be entered into by the Company or any Securitization Entity, pursuant to which (1) the Company or any Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Securitization Entity its interests in Receivables and Related Assets, and (2) such Securitization Entity transfers to any other Person interests in, or grants a security interest in, such Receivables and Related Assets, pursuant to a transaction customary in the industry. "Receivables and Related Assets" means all indebtedness owed to the Company or any Subsidiary constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, arising in connection with the sale of goods or the rendering of services by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and further includes, without limitation, the obligation to pay any finance charges with respect thereto. Indebtedness arising from any one transaction, including, without limitation, indebtedness represented by an individual invoice, shall constitute a Receivable and Related Asset separate from a Receivable and Related Asset consisting of the indebtedness arising from any other transaction; provided, further, that any indebtedness referred to in the immediately preceding 24 sentence shall be a Receivable and Related Asset regardless of whether the account debtor or the Company (or its Subsidiary, as the case may be) treats such indebtedness as a separate payment obligation. "Receivables Securitization Agreements" means a series of interrelated agreements (including a receivables purchase agreement, a receivables sale agreement, a receivables transfer agreement, and other usual and customary agreements and instruments) entered into by the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Securitization Entity, the purpose of which are to govern the terms of a Qualified Securitization Transaction , in each case as such agreement or agreements may from time to time be amended, renewed, extended, substituted, refinanced, restructured, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified (including, without limitation, any successive renewals, extensions, substitutions, refinancings, restructurings, replacements, supplements or other modifications of the foregoing), and whether with the initial parties thereto or other parties and administrative agents. "Redeemable Capital Stock" means any shares of any class or series of Capital Stock that, either by the terms thereof, by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or exchangeable or by contract or otherwise, is or upon the happening of an event or passage of time would be, required to be redeemed prior to the Stated Maturity with respect to the principal of any Security or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof at any time prior to any such Stated Maturity, or is convertible into or exchangeable for debt securities at any time prior to any such Stated Maturity. "Redemption Date" means, with respect to any Security to be redeemed, the date fixed by the Company for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Securities. "Redemption Price" means, with respect to any Security to be redeemed, the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and the Securities. "Reference Period" has the meaning set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. "Registrar" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03. "Registration Rights Agreement" means (i) in the case of the Initial Securities, the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, and (ii) as to any Additional Securities, any registration rights agreement, if any, entered into in connection with the sale of such Additional Securities. "Registration Statement" means a Registration Statement as defined in a Registration Rights Agreement. "Regulation S" means Regulation S under the Securities Act. "Regulation S Legend" means the legend set forth in Section 2.15(b). "Regulation S Global Securities" means Global Securities bearing the Global Securities Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the 25 name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Securities resold in reliance on Rule 904 of Regulation S. "Regulation S Temporary Global Security" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01. "Representative" means the trustee, agent or representative for any Senior Indebtedness. "Repurchase Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09(d)(6). "Repurchase Limit" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09(d)(6). "Restricted Global Security" means a Global Security bearing the Private Placement Legend. "Restricted Payment" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09. "Restricted Period" means the period or periods of time during which a Security must bear one or both of the Private Placement Legend or the Regulation S Legend. "Restricted Physical Security" means a Physical Security bearing the Private Placement Legend. "Restricted Subsidiary" of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. "Sale and Leaseback Transaction" means any transaction by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries whereby such Person sells or transfers any Assets, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, and thereafter rents and leases such Assets or other Assets which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries intends to use for the same purpose or purposes as the Assets being sold or transferred. "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, or if at any time after the execution of the Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the applicable duties now assigned to it, then the body or bodies performing such duties at such time. "Securitization Entity" shall mean (1) any Subsidiary of the Company organized as a special purpose entity (A) to acquire accounts receivable from the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to Receivables Securitization Agreements, (B) to sell, convey or otherwise transfer, or grant a security interest in, such accounts receivable, any interests therein and any assets related thereto, to one or more financing entities under Receivables Securitization Agreements, and (C) engages in no other activities other than in connection with the financing of Receivables and Related Assets, or (2) another Person in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers Receivables and Related Assets, and that, in either case, is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Securitization Entity, and 26 (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which: (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Guarantees (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to usual and customary securitization undertakings); (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) in any way other than pursuant to usual and customary securitization undertakings; or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to usual and customary securitization undertakings; (b) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms, taken as a whole, that are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable of such entity; and (c) to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity's financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any designation of a Subsidiary as a Securitization Entity shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to the designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that the designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the terms of this Indenture. "Securities" means the securities that are issued under this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time pursuant to this Indenture. "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time. "Senior Indebtedness" means: (1) all Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor at any time outstanding under Credit Facilities and all Interest Rate Protection Obligations and Interest Rate Protection Agreements with respect thereto; (2) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Securities; or 27 (3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding, Senior Indebtedness will not include: (1) any liability for foreign, federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company or any Guarantor; (2) any Indebtedness of the Company to any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates; (3) any Indebtedness or amounts owed for goods, materials or services purchased in the ordinary course of business or constituting trade payables or other current liabilities (other than Indebtedness in respect of any services rendered by or purchased from, or current liabilities owing to, banks or financial institutions or the current portion of any long-term Indebtedness which would constitute Senior Indebtedness but for the operation of this clause (3)); (4) any Non-Recourse Indebtedness; (5) Indebtedness which is represented by Redeemable Capital Stock; (6) Indebtedness of or amounts owed by the Company or any Guarantor for compensation to employees for services rendered to the Company or any Guarantor; (7) the portion of any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture; or (8) the Securities. "Shelf Registration Statement" means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. "Significant Subsidiary" shall have the same meaning as in Rule 1.02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Corporation, and its successors. "Special Interest" has the meaning set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement. "Stated Maturity" means, when used with respect to any Security or any installment of interest thereon, the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of interest is due and payable, and when used with respect to any other Indebtedness, means the date specified in the instrument governing such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the principal of such Indebtedness, or any installment of interest thereon, is due and payable. 28 "Subordinated Indebtedness" means, as to the Company, any Indebtedness of the Company that, pursuant to the instrument evidencing or governing such Indebtedness, is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities and, as to any Guarantor, means Indebtedness of the Guarantor which is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantees. "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) a corporation a majority of whose Voting Stock is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof and (ii) any other Person (other than a corporation), including, without limitation, a joint venture, in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries thereof or such Person and one or more Subsidiaries thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof, has at least majority ownership interest entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or other Person performing similar functions). For purposes of this definition, any directors' qualifying shares or investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable law shall be disregarded in determining the ownership of a Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a Subsidiary of the Company under this Indenture, other than for purposes of the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, unless the Company shall have designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a "Subsidiary" by written notice to the Trustee under this Indenture, accompanied by an Officers' Certificate as to compliance with the Indenture, including Section 4.19. "Surviving Entity" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.01. "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date. "Trust Officer" means any officer in the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above-designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. "Trustee" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces such party (or any previous successor) in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter means such successor. "Unrestricted Global Securities" means permanent Global Securities in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Securities Legend and that has the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Securities" attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Securities that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. "Unrestricted Physical Securities" means Physical Securities representing a series of Securities which do not bear the Private Placement Legend. "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of the Company other than a Guarantor: 29 (1) none of whose properties or assets were owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries prior to the Issue Date, other than any such assets as are transferred to such Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof; (2) whose properties and assets, to the extent that they secure Indebtedness, secure only Non-Recourse Indebtedness; and (3) which has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness. "U.S. Government Obligations" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(a)(1). "Voting Stock" means any class or classes of Capital Stock pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect the board of directors, managers or trustees of any Person (irrespective of whether or not, at the time, Capital Stock of any other class or classes shall have, or might have, voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency). "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company of which 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock is owned by the Company or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of the Company or by the Company and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of the Company. For purposes of this definition, any directors' qualifying shares or investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable law shall be disregarded in determining the ownership of a Subsidiary. SECTION 1.02 INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT. Upon the issuance of the Exchange Securities, if any, or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement (as defined herein), this Indenture will be subject to, and shall be governed by, the provisions of the TIA that are required or deemed to be part of and to govern indentures qualified under the TIA. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: "Commission" means the SEC; "indenture securities" means the Securities and any Guarantees; "indenture security holder" means a Securityholder or Holder; "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture; "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee; and "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company, any Guarantor or any other obligor on the Securities or the Guarantees. 30 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein. SECTION 1.03 RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; (2) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; (3) "or" is not exclusive; (4) "including" means "including, without limitation," (5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; (6) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP; (7) the words "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and (8) all references to $ or dollars shall refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America. ARTICLE 2 THE SECURITIES SECTION 2.01 FORM AND DATING. (a) General. The Securities and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each of the Securities shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Securities shall be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. The terms and provisions contained in the Securities shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any of the Securities conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 31 (b) Global Securities. (1) Securities offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more 144A Global Securities in registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto with the appropriate legends required by Section 2.15 of this Indenture, which shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Each of the Securities shall represent such of the outstanding Securities as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Guarantees from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Securities represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate. Any endorsement of a Global Security to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required herein; (2) Securities offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more temporary global notes in registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (a "Regulation S Temporary Global Security") with the appropriate legends required by Section 2.15 of this Indenture, which shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period for any series of Securities shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of (A) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Security of such series (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Security of such series bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.15 hereof), and (B) an Officers' Certificate from the Company; (3) Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Security of any series shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in one or more permanent global securities of such series in registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (a "Regulation S Permanent Global Security" and, collectively with the Regulation S Temporary Global Security, are the Regulation S Global Securities) pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of Regulation S Permanent Global Securities of any series, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Securities with respect to such series. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Securities of each series and the Regulation S Permanent Global Securities of each series may, from time to time, be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the 32 Trustee and the Depositary or, its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided; (4) Exchange Securities exchanged for interests in the 144A Global Securities, the Regulation S Global Securities or any Physical Securities of any series shall, subject to Section 2.16(b), be issued in the form of one or more permanent global securities in registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (the "Exchange Global Securities"), which shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided; (c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the "Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System" and "Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear" and the "General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream" and "Customer Handbook" of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Securities and Regulation S Permanent Global Securities that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. SECTION 2.02 EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION. One Officer shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature under seal. If the Officer whose signature is on any of the Securities no longer holds that office at the time the Securities are authenticated, the Securities shall nevertheless be valid. A Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature of the Trustee shall be conclusive evidence that the applicable Securities have been authenticated under this Indenture. The form of Trustee's certificate of authentication to be borne by the Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer (an "Authentication Order"), authenticate Securities of each series for original issue, of which $135.0 million will be issued as Initial Securities on the date hereof. There is no limit on the aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be outstanding at any time; however, the issuance of Additional Securities is subject to the limitations set forth elsewhere in this Indenture. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Securities. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Securities under this Section if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action would not be 33 permitted by the terms of the Indenture, may not lawfully be taken, or, if the Trustee, in good faith, shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing Holders. SECTION 2.03 REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT. The Company shall maintain (a) an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange ("Registrar") and (b) an office or agency where Securities may be presented for payment ("Paying Agent"). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term "Registrar" includes any co-registrar and the term "Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar, except that, for the purposes of Section 4.11 and Section 4.12 and Article 3 and Article 8, the Paying Agent shall not be the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or any of their respective Affiliates The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Securities. The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Securities. SECTION 2.04 PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST. The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders of Securities of any series or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Special Interest, if any, or interest on the Securities of such series, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company or one or more Guarantors, neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company shall serve as Paying Agent for the Securities. SECTION 2.05 HOLDER LISTS. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders of Securities of each series and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to 34 the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities, including the aggregate principal amount thereof, and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). SECTION 2.06 TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE. (a) Where Securities of any series are presented to the Registrar with a request to register the transfer thereof or exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of such series of other denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such transactions are met; provided, however, that any Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar and the Trustee duly executed by the Holder thereof or by its attorney duly authorized in writing. Unrestricted Global Securities may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in Unrestricted Global Securities. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect such transfers. To permit registrations of transfer and exchanges, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar's request, subject to such rules as the Trustee may reasonably require. (b) The Company and the Registrar shall not be required (1) to issue, to register the transfer of, or to exchange Securities of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business on a Business Day fifteen (15) days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities under Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (2) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security (A) selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part, or (B) tendered for repurchase pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12, except the portion of the tendered Securities not being repurchased. (c) No service charge shall be made for any registration of a transfer or exchange (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein), but the Company may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than such transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Section 4.11, Section 4.12, Section 2.10, Section 3.06 or Section 9.05) the cost of which shall be borne by the Company). (d) Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Security, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any Special Interest) on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security is overdue, and neither the Trustee, any Agent, nor the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. (e) Subject to Section 2.16(b), any Holder of a Global Security or any beneficial interest therein shall, by acceptance of such Global Security or any beneficial interest therein, agree that transfers of beneficial interest in such Global Security may be effected only through a book entry 35 system maintained by the Holder of such Global Security (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Security shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. (f) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile with the original to follow by first class mail. (g) Each Holder of Securities agrees to indemnify the Company and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of any of such Holder's Securities in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities laws. (h) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Securities (including any transfers between or among Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Securities) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. (i) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with an applicable Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate (1) one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Securities tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Securities, and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer, and (2) Unrestricted Physical Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Physical Securities tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Securities, and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Unrestricted Global Securities, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Securities to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Restricted Definitive Securities which have been accepted for exchange, Unrestricted Definitive Securities in the appropriate principal amount, and cancel or cause to be cancelled such Restricted Definitive Securities. (j) For purposes of this Section 2.06 all references to the Securities shall include the corresponding Guarantees endorsed thereon. SECTION 2.07 REPLACEMENT SECURITIES. If any mutilated Security of any series is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security of any 36 series, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Security of such series if the Trustee's requirements are met. An indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities are replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge for their expenses in replacing such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities. Each of the replacement Securities issued pursuant to this Section 2.07 is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Securities duly issued hereunder. SECTION 2.08 OUTSTANDING SECURITIES. The Securities of any series outstanding at any time are all the Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in Global Securities of such series effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, Securities do not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds such Securities; however, Securities held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07 (a)(1) hereof. If Securities are replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, such Securities cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser. If the principal amount of any Securities is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, such Securities cease to be outstanding and interest on such Securities ceases to accrue. If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Securities payable on that date, then on and after that date such Securities shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. SECTION 2.09 TREASURY SECURITIES. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities of any series have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities of such series owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities of such series that a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. The Company agrees to notify the Trustee of the existence of any Securities of any series owned by the Company or any Affiliate. 37 SECTION 2.10 TEMPORARY SECURITIES. Until certificates representing Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of certificated Securities but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate certificated Securities in exchange for temporary Securities. Until such exchange, temporary Securities of any series shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as certificated Securities of such series. Holders of temporary Securities shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. SECTION 2.11 CANCELLATION. The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Securities in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act) unless the Company directs such canceled Securities to be returned to them. Subject to Section 2.07 and Section 2.19, the Company may not issue new Securities of any series to replace Securities that it has paid or redeemed or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. SECTION 2.12 DEFAULTED INTEREST. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Securities of any series, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders of the Securities of such series on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Securities. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on the Securities and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. SECTION 2.13 RECORD DATE. The record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders of Securities of any series entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be determined as provided for in TIA Section 316(c). 38 SECTION 2.14 CUSIP NUMBERS. The Company in issuing the Securities may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the "CUSIP" numbers. SECTION 2.15 LEGENDS. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Securities and all definitive securities issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. (a) Private Placement Legend. Each 144A Global Security and each Physical Security that constitutes a Restricted Security shall bear the following legend (the "Private Placement Legend") unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Holder thereof: "THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE OR THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREIN IN AN "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION" PURSUANT TO RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, PRIOR TO (X)THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISIONS THEREUNDER) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE)AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON) OR, IN THE CASE OF A GLOBAL SECURITY, THE APPLICABLE BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN (SUCH DATE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS THE "RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE") OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO 39 AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND; AND (4) ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HAVE RESERVED THE RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OR REGULATION S, OR (II) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (III) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE BE COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT RELATING TO ALL THE NOTES." (b) Regulation S Legend. Each Temporary Regulation S Global Security shall bear the following additional legend on the face thereof: "PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "SECURITIES ACT")) ("REGULATION S"), THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S) OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, A U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S), EXCEPT TO A PERSON REASONABLY BELIEVED TO BE A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A ("RULE 144A") UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A AND THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN. 40 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT RELATING TO ALL THE SECURITIES." (c) Global Securities Legend. Each Global Security (other than a Regulation S Global Security which shall, subject to Applicable Procedures, bear a substantially similar legend with respect to the rights of Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable) shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof: "UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, OR BY ANY SUCH NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR NOMINEE OF A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY, OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO., OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE, AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN." SECTION 2.16 ISSUANCE OF PHYSICAL SECURITIES; BOOK-ENTRY PROVISIONS FOR GLOBAL SECURITIES. (a) The Global Securities initially shall (1) be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of such Depositary, (2) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (3) bear the appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.15. Members of, or participants in, the Depositary ("Agent Members") shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Security, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to 41 any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Security. (b) Transfers of any Global Security shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Securities will not be entitled to receive Physical Securities. If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Physical Securities in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Security upon written request in accordance with the Depositary's and the Registrar's procedures. In addition, Physical Securities shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Security of a particular series if (1) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Security or the Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when the Depositary is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, or (2) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officers' Certificate stating that such Global Security shall be so exchangeable, or (3) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to such series and the Registrar has received a written request from the Depositary to issue Physical Securities; provided, however, that, in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Company for Physical Securities prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period, and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(c)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. (c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to beneficial owners in the form of Physical Securities pursuant to Section 2.16(b), the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Securities are to be issued) upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange contained in this Indenture and the Securities or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Global Security to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Securities of like tenor and amount. (d) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Security to beneficial owners in the form of Physical Securities pursuant to Section 2.16(b), such Global Security shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Securities of authorized denominations. (e) Any Physical Security constituting a Restricted Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Security pursuant to Section 2.16(b), or Section 2.16(c), shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.17(a)(1)(A) and Section 2.17(c), bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions set forth in Section 2.15 to the extent such legends are applicable to the Physical Securities. 42 (f) The Holder of a Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities. (g) With respect to any Global Security, the Company, the Registrar and the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Person in whose name such Global Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for all purposes of this Indenture, and neither the Company, the Registrar nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility or obligation to any Agent Members or other beneficial owners of the Securities represented by such Global Security. Without limiting the immediately preceding sentence, neither the Company, the Registrar nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility or obligation with respect to (a) the accuracy of the records of any Depositary or any other Person with respect to any ownership interest in any Global Security, (b) the delivery to any Person, other than a Holder, of any notice with respect to the Securities represented by a Global Security, including any notice of redemption or refunding, (c) the selection of the particular Securities or portions thereof to be redeemed or refunded in the event of a partial redemption or refunding of part of the Securities outstanding, or (d) the payment to any Person, other than a Holder, of any amount with respect to the principal of, redemption premium, if any, purchase price or interest (including contingent Interest and Liquidated Damages) with respect to any Global Security. SECTION 2.17 SPECIAL TRANSFER PROVISIONS. (a) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Security constituting a Restricted Security to any Non-U.S. Person: (1) the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Security constituting a Restricted Security, whether or not such Security bears the Private Placement Legend, if (A) the requested transfer is two years after the later of the original issue date applicable to such series of Restricted Securities and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Securities or, in the case of a beneficial interest in a Global Security, such beneficial interest, or (B) the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto; and (2) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member and the Securities to be transferred consist of Physical Securities which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the Global Security, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary's and the Registrar's procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Security in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Securities to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Securities so transferred. (b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Security constituting a Restricted Security to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons): 43 (1) the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the form of Security stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been effected in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the form of Security stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Securities for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and it is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and (2) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member and the Securities to be transferred consist of Physical Securities which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the Global Security, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary's and the Registrar's procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Security in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Securities to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Securities so transferred. (c) Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of the transfer, exchange or replacement of Securities not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Securities that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of the transfer, exchange or replacement of Securities bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Securities that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (1) the circumstance contemplated by this Section 2.17(a)(1)(A) exists, or (2) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory and addressed to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act; (d) Acknowledgment of Transfer Restrictions. By its acceptance of any Security bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Security acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Security set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Security only as provided in this Indenture; (e) Transfer Limits. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (1) prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Security may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than the Initial Purchasers), and (2) a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Temporary Global Security may not be exchanged for a Physical Security or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Physical Security prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period, and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 44 903(c)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. (f) Record Retention. The Registrar shall retain, until such time as no Securities remain Outstanding, copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.16 hereof or this Section 2.17. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications, in each case, at its own cost and expense, at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar. SECTION 2.18 COMPUTATION OF INTEREST Interest (including any Special Interest) on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. SECTION 2.19 ADDITIONAL SECURITIES. The Company may, from time to time, in its sole discretion but subject to the terms hereof, issue and sell one or more series of its Additional Securities under the provisions of this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture. Each series of Additional Securities issued pursuant to a supplemental indenture (other than additional Guarantees not issued concurrently with Additional Securities) shall be subject to the following terms and conditions: (1) each series of Additional Securities, when so issued, shall be differentiated from all previous series by sequential alphabetical designation inscribed thereon; (2) Additional Securities of the same series may consist of more than one different and separate tranches and may differ only with respect to aggregate outstanding principal amounts of Securities, issue dates, issue prices above or below par, Special Interest rates, if any, and time to maturity (provided that, in no event shall the Maturity Date be other than the Maturity Date of the Securities issued on the Issue Date), but all such different and separate tranches of the same series shall constitute one series and all such series shall form a single class and vote as a single class on all matters under this Indenture, except that any tranche or series may amend or waive any provisions relating to Special Interest solely applicable to such tranche or series; (3) each series of Additional Securities issued under this Indenture shall be in substantially the form of Initial Securities with such variations, omissions and insertions as are necessary or permitted hereunder and shall be dated as of the date of issue for such Additional Securities; (4) all Additional Securities shall constitute Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Company and shall rank pari passu with all other outstanding Securities; (5) no Additional Securities shall be issued hereunder if, at the time of issuance thereof and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds thereof, any Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 45 (6) the Company and each Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each dated the date of issue of such series of Additional Securities stating that the issuance of such Additional Securities is authorized under this Indenture (as supplemented by one or more supplemental indentures) and that no Default or Event of Default under the Indenture or the Securities exists (which may be limited, in the case of such Opinion of Counsel, to counsel's knowledge), or will occur as a result of such issuance. Such Officer's Certificate shall set forth the information and computations (in sufficient detail) required in order to establish whether the Company is in compliance with the requirements of Section 4.08 on such date, including on a pro forma basis; and (7) the Company and each Guarantor shall execute and deliver a Supplemental Indenture, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES SECTION 3.01 NOTICES TO THE TRUSTEE. If the Company elects to redeem Securities pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 45 days, but not more than 75 days, before a Redemption Date, an Officers' Certificate, setting forth: (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; (2) the Redemption Date; (3) the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed; and (4) the Redemption Price. SECTION 3.02 SELECTION OF SECURITIES TO BE REDEEMED. If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular Securities or portions thereof to be redeemed shall be selected by the Trustee from the outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption (1) in such manner as complies with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities being redeemed are listed, or (2) if the Securities are not then listed on a national securities exchange, then pro rata or by lot. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 45 nor more than 75 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee (unless a shorter time period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) from the outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Security selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Securities and portions of Securities selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Securities of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Securities held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption. 46 SECTION 3.03 NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. (a) Notice of redemption pursuant to this Article 3 shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, at the address of such Holder appearing in the Security register maintained by the Registrar. Failure to mail any such notice or any defect in the mailing thereof in respect of any Security shall not affect the validity of the redemption of any other Securities. (b) All notices of redemption shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state: (1) the Redemption Date; (2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid; (3) that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Securities or portions thereof called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Securities is to receive payment of the Redemption Price (and interest (including any Special Interest) accrued through the Redemption Date) upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Securities redeemed; (4) if any Security is to be redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof) of such Security to be redeemed and that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender for cancellation of such original Security to the Paying Agent, a new Security or Securities in the aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued without charge to the Holder; (5) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price and the name and address of the Paying Agent; (6) the CUSIP number(s), if any, relating to such Securities, but no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of any such CUSIP numbers; and (7) the paragraph of the Securities and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Securities are being redeemed. Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's written request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date, an Officers' Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. The notice, if mailed in the manner provided herein, shall be presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. 47 SECTION 3.04 EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Securities called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. The failure to include the CUSIP number or any incorrect CUSIP number shall not affect the validity of such notice. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date, but interest installments whose maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable on the relevant Interest Payment Dates to the Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant record dates referred to in the Securities. SECTION 3.05 DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE. At least one Business Day prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent, or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, hold in trust an amount of money in same day funds sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued interest on, all the Securities or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on the Redemption Date, other than Securities or portions thereof called for redemption on the Redemption Date which have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Company complies with the preceding paragraph, then, unless the Company or its Paying Agent defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price, interest on the Securities to be redeemed will cease to accrue on and after the applicable Redemption Date, whether or not such Securities are presented for payment. If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal, premium, if any, and, to the extent lawful, accrued interest thereon shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate provided in the Securities. SECTION 3.06 SECURITIES REDEEMED OR PURCHASED IN PART. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent of a Security which is to be redeemed in part, the Company shall execute, any Guarantor shall guarantee and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities (accompanied by a notation of Guarantee duly endorsed by any Guarantor), of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to, and in exchange for, the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered that is not redeemed. SECTION 3.07 OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. (a) Except as set forth in clause (b) of this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to February 1, 2009. On or after February 1, 2009, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the applicable 48 redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1 of the years indicated below:

(b) At any time prior to February 1, 2007, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the sum of (1) the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities (including, without duplication, any Exchange Securities), and (2) each initial aggregate principal amount of any Additional Securities issued prior to such date (including, without limitation, any Exchange Securities) at a redemption price of 109.5% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings; provided that: (1) at least 65% of the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities (including, without limitation, any Exchange Securities), and (ii) each initial aggregate principal amount of any Additional Securities issued on the applicable issue date for such Additional Securities (including, without limitation, any Exchange Securities) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Securities held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and (2) the redemption must occur within 180 days of the date of the closing of such Public Equity Offering. SECTION 3.08 NO REQUIRED MANDATORY REDEMPTION. Subject to the rights of Holders set forth in Section 4.11 and Section 4.12 hereof, the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Securities. 49 ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS SECTION 4.01 PAYMENT OF SECURITIES. The Company will pay, or cause to be paid, the principal of and interest on, and premium, if any, on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and this Indenture. An installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or any Affiliate thereof) holds on that date money in immediately available funds and designated and set aside for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. The Company shall pay all Special Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement, or, if not so specified, as set forth in this Indenture and the Securities. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Securities to the extent lawful and in the manner provided in this Indenture and the Securities; it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate and in the same manner, to the extent lawful. SECTION 4.02 MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY. The Company will maintain an office or agency where Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee which initially shall be at the address of the Trustee as set forth in Section 10.02. The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee located at the address set forth in Section 10.02 as such office of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 and this Section 4.02. 50 SECTION 4.03 CORPORATE EXISTENCE. Subject to Article 5, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate, limited liability company or partnership existence and rights (charter and statutory), licenses and/or franchises of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be required to preserve any such existence, rights, licenses or franchises if the Board of Directors of the Company shall reasonably determine that (1) the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and (2) the loss thereof is not materially adverse to either the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or to the ability of the Company to otherwise satisfy its obligations hereunder. SECTION 4.04 PAYMENT OF TAXES AND OTHER CLAIMS. The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate provision has been made or where the failure to effect such payment or discharge is not adverse in any material respect to the Company. SECTION 4.05 MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES; INSURANCE; BOOKS AND RECORDS; COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. (a) The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, cause all properties and assets to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all necessary equipment, and shall cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, additions, betterments and improvements thereto, as shall be reasonably necessary for the proper conduct of its business; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4.05(a) shall prevent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its properties or assets if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company or such Subsidiary, desirable in the conduct of its business and if such discontinuance is not materially adverse to either the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the ability of the Company to otherwise satisfy its obligations hereunder. (b) The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers such insurance as may be required by law (other than with respect to any environmental impairment liability insurance not commercially available) and such other insurance to such extent and against such hazards and liabilities, as is customarily maintained 51 by companies similarly situated (which may include self-insurance in the same form as is customarily maintained by companies similarly situated). (c) The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all business and financial transactions of the Company and each Subsidiary of the Company, and reflect on its financial statements adequate accruals and appropriations to reserves, all in accordance with GAAP consistently applied to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. (d) The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances, or government rules and regulations to which it is subject, non-compliance with which would materially adversely affect the business, earnings, properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. SECTION 4.06 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE. (a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 60 days after the end of each of the Company's first three fiscal quarters and within 120 days after the end of the Company's fiscal year an Officers' Certificate stating whether or not such executing Officers know of any Default or Event of Default under this Indenture by the Company or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default by the Company under any Senior Indebtedness that occurred during such fiscal period. If they do know of such a Default, Event of Default or default, the certificate shall describe any such Default, Event of Default or default and its status. The first certificate to be delivered pursuant to this Section 4.06(a) shall be for the first fiscal quarter of the Company beginning after the Issue Date. The Company shall also deliver a certificate to the Trustee at least annually from its principal executive, financial or accounting officer as to his or her knowledge of the Company's compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture and the Company's Senior Indebtedness, such compliance to be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided herein or therein. (b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year a written statement by the Company's independent certified public accountants stating (A) that their audit examination has included a review of the terms of this Indenture, the Securities and the Credit Agreement as they relate to accounting matters, and (B) whether, in connection with their audit examination, any Default or Event of Default under this Indenture or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under any Senior Indebtedness has come to their attention and, if such a Default, Event of Default or a default under any Senior Indebtedness has come to their attention, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof; provided, however, that, without any restriction as to the scope of the audit examination, such independent certified public accountants shall not be liable by reason of any failure to obtain knowledge of any such Default, Event of Default or a default under any Senior Indebtedness that would not be disclosed in the course of an audit examination conducted in accordance with GAAP. (c) The Company will deliver to the Trustee as soon as possible, and in any event within 30 days after the Company becomes aware or should reasonably have become aware of the occurrence of any Default, Event of Default or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, 52 would constitute a default by the Company under any Senior Indebtedness, an Officers' Certificate specifying such Default, Event of Default or default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. SECTION 4.07 SEC REPORTS. The Company shall file with the SEC the annual reports, quarterly reports and the information, documents and other reports required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13 and 15 of the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company has a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act. In accordance with the provisions of TIA Section 314(a), the Company shall file with the Trustee and provide to each Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC (or if such filing is not permitted under the Exchange Act, 15 days after the Company would have been required to make such filing), copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15 of the Exchange Act. The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a). In addition, the Company shall cause its annual reports to stockholders and any quarterly or other financial reports furnished by it to stockholders generally to be filed with the Trustee and mailed no later than the date such materials are mailed or made available to the Company's stockholders, to the Holders at their addresses as set forth in the register of securities maintained by the Registrar. SECTION 4.08 LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF REDEEMABLE CAPITAL STOCK. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or in any manner become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, to "incur"), with respect to any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any Acquired Indebtedness) other than Permitted Indebtedness or issue or allow its Subsidiaries to issue Redeemable Capital Stock; provided, however, that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries will be permitted to incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) or issue Redeemable Capital Stock if (1) at the time of such incurrence, and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company is at least equal to 2.0 to 1; and (2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. SECTION 4.09 LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS. (a) Unless the conditions in clauses (5), (6), and (7) of this Section 4.09(a) exist or are satisfied, as the case may be, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution or payment on or in respect of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment made to the direct or indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than: 53 (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of the Company (but not Redeemable Capital Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Company (other than Redeemable Capital Stock), (B) the declaration or payment of dividends or other distributions to the extent declared or paid to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, and (C) the declaration or payment of dividends or other distributions by any Subsidiary of the Company to all holders of Common Stock of such Subsidiary on a pro rata basis; (2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than any such Capital Stock owned by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company; (3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, defease, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment, scheduled sinking fund payment or other Stated Maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than any Indebtedness owed by the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any Guarantor; or (4) make any Investment (other than any Permitted Investment) in any Person. The payments or Investments described in the preceding clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) are collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments". The restrictions set forth in the preceding clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) shall not apply if, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment: (5) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; (6) immediately prior to and after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter Reference Period, the Company would be able to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the proviso set forth in Section 4.08 of this Indenture (assuming a market rate of interest with respect to such additional Indebtedness); and (7) such proposed Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments declared or made by the Company and its Subsidiaries from and after the Issue Date would not exceed the sum of: (A) 50% of the aggregate Consolidated Net Income of the Company accrued on a cumulative basis during the period beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter of the Company during which the Issue Date occurs and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Company immediately preceding the date of such proposed Restricted Payment, which period shall be treated as a single accounting 54 period (or, if such aggregate cumulative Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus (B) the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of any property other than cash received by the Company either (I) as capital contributions to the Company after the Issue Date from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company), or (II) from the issuance or sale of Capital Stock (excluding Redeemable Capital Stock, but including Capital Stock issued upon the conversion of convertible Indebtedness or from the exercise of options, warrants or rights to purchase Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock)) of the Company to any Person (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) after the Issue Date, plus (C) in the case of the disposition or repayment of any Investment constituting a Restricted Payment made after the Issue Date (excluding any Investment described in Section 4.09(d)(4)), an amount equal to the lesser of the return of capital with respect to such Investment and the cost of such Investment, in either case, less the cost of the disposition of such Investment, plus (D) $30,000,000. (b) The amount of any Restricted Payment, if other than cash, will be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) proposed to be transferred by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. (c) Furthermore, for purposes of Section 4.09(a)(7) above, the value of the aggregate net proceeds received by the Company upon the issuance of Capital Stock upon the conversion of convertible Indebtedness or upon the exercise of options, warrants or rights will be the net cash proceeds received upon the issuance of such Indebtedness, options, warrants or rights plus the incremental cash amount received by the Company upon the conversion or exercise thereof. (d) None of the foregoing provisions prohibits: (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of its declaration, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; (2) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of, a substantially concurrent (A) capital contribution to the Company from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) or (B) issue and sale of other shares of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the Company to any Person (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company); provided, however,, that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are used for any such redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement shall be excluded from Section 4.09(a)(7); (3) any redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness by exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of, a substantially concurrent 55 (A) capital contribution to the Company from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company), or (B) issue and sale of (i) Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the Company to any Person (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company); provided, however, that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are used for any such redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement shall be excluded from Section 4.09(a)(7); or (ii) Indebtedness of the Company issued to any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company), so long as such Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness which (I) has no Stated Maturity earlier than the 91st day after the final maturity date of the Indebtedness refinanced, (II) has an Average Life to Stated Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Average Life to Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness refinanced, and (III) is subordinated to the Securities in the same manner and at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, acquired or retired; (4) Investments constituting Restricted Payments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from any Asset Sale made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.12; (5) repurchases by the Company of Common Stock of the Company from employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or their authorized representatives upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such employees, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $1,000,000 in any calendar year; and (6) any purchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock, but including cash settlements of stock options) of the Company from current or former directors, officers or employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with awards, the vesting of awards or the exercise of awards under any of the Company's stock plans approved by its Board of Directors, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year (provided, however, that if the actual aggregate amount of such purchases, redemptions, defeasances, acquisitions or retirements of the Capital Stock made during any such fiscal year (the "Repurchase Amount") is less than $500,000 (the "Repurchase Limit"), then the applicable limit for the immediately succeeding fiscal year shall be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the Repurchase Limit and the Repurchase Amount) but in no event exceeding an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 in any fiscal year, or $5,000,000, in the aggregate, during the term of the Notes. (e) Furthermore, in computing the amount of Restricted Payments previously made for purposes of Section 4.09(a)(7)(B), Investments and repurchases made under Section 4.09(d)(4) through (6) above shall be included as if they were Restricted Payments, and Investments and repurchase made under Section 4.09(d)(1) through (3) shall not be so included. SECTION 4.10 LIMITATION ON LIENS. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist or become effective any Liens (other than Liens on Senior Indebtedness and Permitted Liens) upon any of its Assets now owned or thereafter acquired, securing any Indebtedness 56 unless the Notes, in the case of the Company, or if the Subsidiary is a Guarantor, the Guarantees, are secured equally and ratably with such other Indebtedness until such time as such obligation is no longer secured by a Lien. (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or any Subsidiary may incur Liens which would otherwise be subject to the restrictions set forth in the preceding paragraph if, after giving effect thereto and at the time of determination, the sum of (1) the Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries secured by Liens not otherwise permitted under clauses (1) through (14) of the definition of "Permitted Liens", and (2) Attributable Liens of the Company and its Subsidiaries incurred after the Issue Date does not exceed 10% of the Consolidated Net Assets. SECTION 4.11 CHANGE OF CONTROL. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (the date of such occurrence, the "Change of Control Date"), the Company shall make an offer to purchase (the "Change of Control Offer") on a Business Day (the "Change of Control Purchase Date") not more than 45 nor less than 30 days following the mailing of the notice described below to holders of the Securities, all Securities then outstanding at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest (including any Special Interest), to the Change of Control Purchase Date. (b) Within 30 days following a Change of Control and prior to the mailing of the notice to the holders of the Securities provided for in the next paragraph, the Company covenants to either: (1) repay in full all Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and terminate the commitments of the lenders thereunder, or (2) obtain the requisite consent under the Credit Agreement to permit the repurchase of the Securities as provided herein. The Company shall first comply with the provisions of this paragraph before it shall be required to repurchase the Securities, but any failure to comply with its obligation to offer to repurchase the Securities upon a Change of Control shall constitute an Event of Default under this Indenture. (c) Notice of a Change of Control Offer shall be mailed by the Company not later than the 30th day after the Change of Control Date to the Holders of Securities at their last registered addresses with a copy to the Trustee and the Paying Agent. The Change of Control Offer shall remain open from the time of mailing for at least 15 days and until 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Change of Control Purchase Date. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer, shall include such disclosures as are required by law and shall state: (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.11 and that all Securities validly tendered into the Change of Control Offer and not withdrawn will be accepted for payment; (2) the purchase price (including the amount of accrued interest, premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any) for each Security, the Change of Control Purchase Date and the date on which the Change of Control Offer expires; (3) that any Security not tendered for payment will continue to accrue interest in accordance with the terms thereof; 57 (4) that, unless the Company shall default in the payment of the purchase price, any Security accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Purchase Date; (5) that Holders electing to have Securities purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender their Securities to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the last Business Day prior to Change of Control Purchase Date and must complete any form of letter of transmittal proposed by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and the Paying Agent; (6) that Holders of Securities will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the last Business Day prior to the Change of Control Purchase Date, a tested telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Securities the Holder delivered for purchase, the Security certificate number (if any) and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities purchased; (7) that Holders whose Securities are purchased only in part will be issued Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered; (8) the instructions that Holders must follow in order to tender their Securities; and (9) information concerning the business of the Company, the most recent annual and quarterly reports of the Company filed with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act (or, if the Company is not then permitted to file any such reports with the SEC, the comparable reports prepared pursuant to Section 4.07), a description of material developments in the Company's business, information with respect to pro forma historical financial information after giving effect to such Change of Control and such other information concerning the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control Offer as would be material to a Holder of Securities in connection with the decision of such Holder as to whether or not it should tender Securities pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. (d) On the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company shall (1) accept for payment Securities or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer and not withdrawn, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent money, in immediately available funds, sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Securities or portions thereof so tendered and accepted and (3) deliver to the Trustee the Securities so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate setting forth the Securities or portions thereof tendered to and accepted for payment by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail or deliver to the Holders of Securities so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail or deliver to such Holders a new Security equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Security surrendered. Any Securities not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer not later than the first Business Day following the Change of Control Purchase Date; 58 (e) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in a manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer; (f) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act, Rule 14e-1 promulgated thereunder and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. SECTION 4.12 DISPOSITION OF PROCEEDS OF ASSET SALES. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Sale unless: (1) the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares or assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and (2) at least 70% of such consideration consists of cash or Cash Equivalents. (b) To the extent the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale are not applied to repay (including by way of cash collateralization of outstanding letters of credit) borrowings under the Credit Agreement, as then in effect, or to repay or acquire Senior Indebtedness, subject to the conditions described below, the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, may, within fifteen months of such Asset Sale, apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale to an investment in properties and assets that replace the properties and assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale or in properties and assets that will be used in the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date or in businesses reasonably related thereto ("Replacement Assets"); (c) Any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not used to repay, borrowings under the Credit Agreement or to repay or acquire Senior Indebtedness or that are not invested in Replacement Assets within the fifteen-month period described above shall constitute "Excess Proceeds" subject to disposition as provided below. If Net Cash Proceeds are used to repay borrowings under the Credit Agreement, then the amount of Net Cash Proceeds so used shall reduce the amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under subclause (B) of clause (4) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness; (d) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $15,000,000, the Company shall make an offer to purchase (an "Asset Sale Offer") from all Holders of Securities and all holders of other Indebtedness that is either senior or pari passu in right of payment with the Securities and containing provisions substantially similar to those set forth in this Section 4.12 ("Tenderable Indebtedness"), on a day not more than 40 Business Days thereafter (the "Asset Sale Purchase Date"), an aggregate principal amount of Securities and such other Tenderable Indebtedness equal to such Excess Proceeds, at a price in cash equal to (i) in the case of the Securities, 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and 59 Special Interest, in each case, if any, to the purchase date or (ii) in the case of any other Tenderable Indebtedness, the price specified in or permitted by such other Tenderable Indebtedness (collectively with clause (i), the "Asset Sale Offer Price"); (e) Notice of an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by the Company to all Holders of Securities not less than 20 Business Days nor more than 40 Business Days before the Asset Sale Purchase Date at their last registered address with a copy to the Trustee and the Paying Agent. The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open from the time of mailing for at least 20 Business Days and until at least 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Asset Sale Purchase Date. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall include such disclosures as are required by law and shall state: (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.12; (2) the Asset Sale Offer Price (including the amount of accrued interest and Special Interest, if any) for each Security, the Asset Sale Purchase Date and the date on which the Asset Sale Offer expires; (3) that any Security not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest in accordance with the terms thereof; (4) that, unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Asset Sale Offer Price, any Security accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Asset Sale Purchase Date; (5) that Holders electing to have Securities purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender their Securities to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the last Business Day prior to the Asset Sale Purchase Date and must complete any form of letter of transmittal proposed by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and the Paying Agent; (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the last Business Day prior to the Asset Sale Purchase Date, a tested telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Securities the Holder delivered for purchase, the Security certificate number (if any) and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities purchased; (7) that if Securities and other Tenderable Indebtedness in a principal amount in excess of the Excess Proceeds are tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall purchase first from Senior Indebtedness tendered and not withdrawn in accordance with the relative priorities of such Senior Indebtedness or if there are not priorities specified, then on a pro rata basis among such Senior Indebtedness tendered and not withdrawn, and second, on a pro rata basis among the Securities and other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered and not withdrawn (in each case, with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Securities and Tenderable Indebtedness in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 shall be acquired); 60 (8) that Holders whose Securities are purchased only in part will be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered; (9) the instructions that Holders must follow in order to tender their Securities; and (10) information concerning the business of the Company, the most recent annual and quarterly reports of the Company filed with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act (or, if the Company is not permitted to file any such reports with the Commission, the comparable reports prepared pursuant to Section 4.07), a description of material developments in the Company's business, information with respect to pro forma historical financial information after giving effect to such Asset Sale and Asset Sale Offer and such other information concerning the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Asset Sale Offer as would be material to a Holder of Securities in connection with the decision of such Holder as to whether or not it should tender Securities pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. (f) On the Asset Sale Purchase Date, the Company shall (1) accept for payment, first from Senior Indebtedness tendered and not withdrawn in accordance with the relative priorities of such Senior Indebtedness or if there are not priorities specified, then on a pro rata basis among such Senior Indebtedness tendered and not withdrawn, and second, on a pro rata basis among the Securities and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered and not withdrawn, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent money, in immediately available funds, in an amount sufficient to pay the Asset Sale Offer Price of all Securities or portions thereof so tendered and accepted and (3) deliver to the Trustee the Securities so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate setting forth the Securities or portions thereof tendered to and accepted for payment by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail or deliver to Holders of Securities so accepted payment in an amount equal to the Asset Sale Offer Price, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail or deliver to such Holders a new Security equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Security surrendered. Any Securities not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer not later than the first Business Day following the Asset Sale Purchase Date. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Securities and Tenderable Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use such deficiency for general corporate purposes. Upon completion of such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero. For purposes of this Section 4.12, the Company shall not act as Paying Agent; (g) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act, Rule 14e-1 promulgated thereunder and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. SECTION 4.13 LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH INTERESTED PERSONS. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or suffer to exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the sale, transfer, disposition, purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company or any beneficial owner (as defined 61 in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately, after the passage of time or upon the happening of an event) of 5% or more of the Company's Common Stock at any time outstanding ("Interested Persons"), unless: (1) such transactions or series of related transactions is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company, or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those which could have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company or Interested Persons; (2) with respect to a transaction or series of transactions involving aggregate payments or value equal to or greater than $1,000,000 and less than $10,000,000, the Company has delivered an Officer's Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such transaction or series of transactions complies with the preceding clause (1); (3) with respect to a transaction or series of transactions involving aggregate payments or value equal to or greater than $10,000,000 and less than $25,000,000, the Company has delivered to the Trustee a board resolution approved by a majority of disinterested members of the Board of Directors ratifying such transaction or series of transactions, along with an Officer's Certificate attesting to such resolution; and (4) with respect to a transaction or series of transactions involving aggregate payments or value equal to or greater than $25,000,000, the Company has delivered to the Trustee a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that the terms of such transaction or series of transactions are fair to the Company or its Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view. (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 4.13(a), the following will not be deemed to be transactions with Affiliates or Interested Persons and will not be subject to the limitations set forth in such Section: (1) payment of dividends in respect of its Capital Stock permitted under Section 4.09; (2) payment of reasonable and customary fees to directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company; or (3) the incurrence or payment of loans or advances to officers, employees or consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries (including travel and moving expenses) in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes of the Company or such Subsidiary not in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding. 62 SECTION 4.14 LIMITATION ON DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to: (1) pay dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock or any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; (2) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company; (3) make loans or advances to, or any other Investment in, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company; (4) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company; or (5) guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company. (b) The prohibitions set forth in Section 4.14(a) shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: (1) applicable law; (2) customary non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease governing a leasehold interest of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; (3) customary restrictions on transfers of property subject to a Lien permitted under this Indenture which could not materially adversely affect the Company's ability to satisfy its obligations under this Indenture and the Securities; (4) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (or a Subsidiary of such Person) in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the properties or assets of the Person, so acquired; (5) provisions contained in agreements or instruments relating to Indebtedness which prohibit the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the obligor thereunder unless the transferee shall assume the obligations of the obligor under such agreement or instrument; and 63 (6) encumbrances and restrictions under the 10.375% Notes and other Senior Indebtedness, the Credit Agreement, Receivables Securitization Agreements and other Pari Passu Indebtedness, in each case, as in effect on or as permitted on the Issue Date, and encumbrances and restrictions in permitted refinancings or replacements thereof which are no less favorable to the Holders of the Securities than those contained in the 10.375% Notes, the Credit Agreement, Receivables Securitization Agreements or in the Senior Indebtedness or Pari Passu Indebtedness so refinanced or replaced. SECTION 4.15 LIMITATION ON OTHER SENIOR SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS. The Company shall not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company and senior in any respect in right of payment to the Notes. No Guarantor will incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor and senior in any respect in right of payment to such Guarantor's Guarantee. SECTION 4.16 LIMITATION ON GUARANTEES BY SUBSIDIARIES. The Company will not permit any Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to assume, guarantee or in any manner become liable with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor unless such Subsidiary is a Guarantor or simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for the guarantee of payment of the Securities by such Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of Article 11 hereto. In connection with the execution and delivery of the supplemental indenture, such Subsidiary shall execute and deliver a Guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto. SECTION 4.17 WAIVER OF STAY, EXTENSION OR USURY LAWS. The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Securities as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) the Company and each Guarantor hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. SECTION 4.18 RULE 144A INFORMATION REQUIREMENT. If at any time the Company is no longer subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, it will furnish to the Holders or beneficial holders of the Securities and prospective 64 purchasers of the Securities designated by the holders of the Securities, upon their request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. SECTION 4.19 DESIGNATION OF UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES AND SUBSIDIARIES. Subject to Section 11.06(b), the Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if no Default or Event of Default would occur or be continuing immediately after such designation and taking into effect the designation. The Board of Directors may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Subsidiary if the redesignation would not cause a Default or Event of Default as a result thereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not be permitted to designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Subsidiary unless, after giving pro forma effect to such designation (1) the Company would be permitted to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the proviso in Section 4.08 (assuming a market rate of interest with respect to such Indebtedness), and (2) all Indebtedness and Liens of such Unrestricted Subsidiary would be permitted to be incurred by a Subsidiary of the Company under this Indenture. After a redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary back to a Subsidiary, the Company may not thereafter designate such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. If a Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.09. All such outstanding Investments will be valued at their fair market value at the time of such designation. That designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be permitted at that time and if such designated Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SECTION 5.01 WHEN COMPANY MAY MERGE, ETC. (a) The Company will not, in any transaction or series of transactions, merge or consolidate with or into, or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets as an entirety to, any Person or Persons, and the Company will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any such transaction or series of transactions if such transaction or series of transactions, in the aggregate, would result in a sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company or the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any other Person or Persons, unless at the time of and after giving effect thereto: (1) either (A) if the transaction or series of transactions is a merger or consolidation, the Company shall be the surviving Person of such merger or consolidation, or (B) the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or such Subsidiary is merged or to which the properties and assets of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, are transferred (any such surviving Person or transferee Person being the 65 "Surviving Entity") shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume by a supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any Special Interest) on all the Securities and the performance and observance of every covenant and obligation of this Indenture and the Securities on the part of the Company to be performed or observed and, in each case, the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect; (2) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (3) the Company, or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the proviso in Section 4.08 (assuming a market rate of interest with respect to such additional Indebtedness); (4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, is at least equal to the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately before such transaction or series of transactions; and (5) the Company or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction or series of transactions, such supplemental indenture, complies with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction or series of transactions have been complied with; provided, however, that, solely for purposes of computing amounts described in Section 4.09(a)(7), any such Surviving Entity shall only be deemed to have succeeded to and be substituted for the Company with respect to periods subsequent to the effective time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets. SECTION 5.02 SUCCESSOR SUBSTITUTED. Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, the successor Person or Persons formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the successor Person 66 to which such sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Securities with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that solely for purposes of computing amounts described in Section 4.09(a)(7), any such successor Person shall only be deemed to have succeeded to and be substituted for the Company with respect to periods subsequent to the effective time of such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets. ARTICLE 6 REMEDIES SECTION 6.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. (a) An "Event of Default" means any of the following events: (1) default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Security when the same becomes due and payable (upon Stated Maturity, acceleration, optional redemption, required purchase, scheduled principal payment or otherwise); (2) default in the payment of an installment of interest or Special Interest, if any, on any of the Securities, when the same becomes due and payable, and any such Default continues for a period of 30 days; (3) failure to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in the Securities, the Indenture or any Guarantee (other than Defaults specified in clause (1) or (2) above) and such Default continues for a period of 60 days after written notice of such Default requiring the Company to remedy the same shall have been given (A) to the Company by the Trustee, or (B) to the Company and the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding; (4) default or defaults under one or more agreements, instruments, mortgages, bonds, debentures or other evidences of Indebtedness under which the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company then has outstanding Indebtedness in excess of $20,000,000, individually or in the aggregate, and either (A) such Indebtedness is already due and payable in full, or (B) such default or defaults have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Indebtedness; (5) one or more judgments, orders or decrees of any court or regulatory or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction for the payment of money in excess of $20,000,000, either individually or in the aggregate, shall be entered against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any of their respective properties and shall not be discharged or fully bonded and there shall have been a period of 60 days after the date on which any period for appeal has expired and during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, order or decree, shall not be in effect; 67 (6) either (A) the collateral agent under the Credit Agreement, or (B) any holder of at least $20,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries shall commence judicial proceedings to foreclose upon assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $20,000,000 or shall have exercised any right under applicable law or applicable security documents to take ownership of any such assets in lieu of foreclosure; (7) any Guarantee issued by a Guarantor which is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared null and void, or any such Guarantor denies that it has any further liability under any such Guarantee, or gives notice to such effect (other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with Section 11.07) and such condition shall have continued for a period of 60 days after written notice of such failure (which notice shall specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that it is a "Notice of Default") requiring such Guarantor and the Company to remedy the same shall have been given (A) to the Company by the Trustee, or (B) to the Company and the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding; (8) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to or under or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding, (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding filed with respect to the Company or such Significant Subsidiary, (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (E) shall generally not pay its debts when such debts become due or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally; or (9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: (A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding, (B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company for all or substantially all of its properties, or (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company, 68 and, in each case, the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days. (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 and Section 7.02, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice thereof shall have been given to a Trust Officer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee by the Company, the Paying Agent, any Holder, any holder of the requisite defaulted Indebtedness or any of their respective agents. SECTION 6.02 ACCELERATION. (a) If an Event of Default (other than as specified in Section 6.01(a)(8) or Section 6.01(a)(9)) occurs and is continuing, (1) the Trustee, by written notice to the Company, or (2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding, by written notice to the Trustee and the Company, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest), if any, on all of the outstanding Securities to be due and payable immediately, upon which declaration, all amounts payable in respect of the Securities shall be immediately due and payable; provided, however, that so long as the Credit Agreement shall be in force and effect, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(8) or Section 6.01(a)(9)), any such acceleration shall not be effective until the earlier to occur of: (A) ten Business Days following delivery of a written notice of such acceleration to the Co-Agents under the Credit Agreement of the intention to accelerate the maturity of the Securities, or (B) the acceleration of the maturity of the Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement. (b) If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(8) or Section 6.01(a)(9) occurs and is continuing, then the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest), if any, on all of the outstanding Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of Securities. (c) After a declaration of acceleration under this Indenture, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind such declaration if: (1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (A) all amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.08 and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, (B) all overdue interest on all Securities, (C) the principal of and premium, if any, on any Securities which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Securities, and (D) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest (including any Special Interest) upon overdue interest and overdue principal which 69 has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration at the rate borne by the Securities; (2) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and (3) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any Special Interest) on the Securities that has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 6.04. (d) No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or impair any contingent right therein. SECTION 6.03 OTHER REMEDIES. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Special Interest) on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be enforced by the Trustee even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. SECTION 6.04 WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.07 and Section 9.02, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities, waive any past Default or Event of Default and its consequences, except a Default or Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or Section 6.01(a)(2) or in respect of any covenant or provision hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder so affected pursuant to Section 9.02. When a Default or Event of Default is so waived, it shall be deemed cured and shall cease to exist. 70 SECTION 6.05 CONTROL BY MAJORITY. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided, however, that the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction (a) that conflicts with any rule of law or this Indenture, (b) that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder, or (c) that may expose the Trustee to personal liability unless the Trustee has been provided reasonable indemnity against any loss or expense caused by its following such direction; and provided further that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. SECTION 6.06 LIMITATION ON SUITS. (a) No Holder of any Securities shall have any right to institute any proceeding or pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities unless: (1) the Holder gives written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default; (2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; (3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against any loss, liability or expense; (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 30 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, provision of indemnity; and (5) during such 30-day period the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities do not give the Trustee a direction which is inconsistent with the request. (b) The foregoing limitations shall not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder for the enforcement of the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on, such Security on or after the respective due dates set forth in such Security. (c) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of any other Holders or to obtain priority or preference over such other Holders. SECTION 6.07 RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PAYMENT. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Security, on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such 71 payment on or after the respective Stated Maturities, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder. SECTION 6.08 COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or Section 6.01(a)(2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company, any Guarantor or any other obligor on the Securities for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest (including any Special Interest) remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Securities and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. SECTION 6.09 TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIMS. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or the Guarantors of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.08. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. SECTION 6.10 PRIORITIES. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out such money in the following order: First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.08; Second: to Holders for interest accrued on the Securities, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for interest; 72 Third: to Holders for principal amounts (including any premium) owing under the Securities, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal (including any premium); and Fourth: the balance, if any, to the Company or to the extent the Trustee collects any amount from any Guarantor, to such Guarantor. The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Company, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. SECTION 6.11 UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may in its discretion require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to any suit by the Trustee, any suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities. SECTION 6.12 RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture, any Security or any Guarantee and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, each Guarantor, if any, the Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of each of them shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE SECTION 7.01 DUTIES. (a) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person's own affairs. (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: (1) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of the Indenture and the Trustee need perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in 73 this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts purported to be stated therein). (c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: (1) this Section 7.01(c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b); (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05. (d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. (e) Whether or not expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to Section 7.01(a) through Section 7.01(d). (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money or assets received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money or assets held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds or assets except to the extent required by law. SECTION 7.02 RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE. (a) Subject to Section 7.01 hereof and the provisions of TIA Section 315: (1) The Trustee may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in acting or refraining action upon, any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 74 (2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may consult with counsel of its selection and may require an Officers' Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel, or both, which shall conform to Section 10.04 and Section 10.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion. (3) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct (except for willful misconduct) or negligence (except for gross negligence) of any agent appointed with due care. (4) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. (5) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own choosing and the advice or any opinion of counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of counsel. (6) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit. (7) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby. (8) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such demand, request, direction, or notice, from and to the extent permitted by this Indenture and not otherwise prohibited by or inconsistent with the TIA. (9) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except (A) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b), or (B) any Event of Default of which a Trust Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notification or otherwise obtained actual knowledge. (10) Whenever by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee shall be required to transmit notices or reports to any or all Holders, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the information provided by the Registrar as to the names and addresses of the Holders as being correct. If the Registrar is other than the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the accuracy of such information. 75 (11) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including as Registrar), and to each agent, custodian, and any other such Persons employed to act hereunder; (12) The Trustee is not required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance of its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture. (13) Whenever any provision of this Indenture indicates that any confirmation of a condition or event is qualified by the words "to the knowledge of" or "known to" the Trustee or words of similar meaning, said words shall mean and refer to the current awareness of one or more Trust Officers. (b) Subject to the above provisions, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee under this Indenture. SECTION 7.03 INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Section 7.11 and Section 7.12 of this Indenture and TIA Sections 310 and 311, may otherwise deal with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or such other agent. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee, or resign. SECTION 7.04 TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or the Securities (including any Note or any Guarantee); it shall not be accountable for the Company's use or application of the proceeds from the Securities or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company's direction as provided for pursuant to this Indenture; it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee; and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or in the Securities or any other document in connection with the sale of the Securities, other than the Trustee's certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall have no responsibility with respect to any information in any offering memorandum or other disclosure material and shall have no responsibility for compliance with applicable securities laws in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities. 76 SECTION 7.05 NOTICE OF DEFAULT. If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the Default or Event of Default within 30 days after obtaining knowledge thereof; provided, however, that, except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Special Interest, if any) on any Security, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors of the Trustee, the executive committee of the Trustee, or a committee of Trust Officers in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders. SECTION 7.06 MONEY HELD IN TRUST. All moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required herein or by law. The Trustee shall not be under any liability for interest on any moneys received by it hereunder, except as the Trustee may agree with the Company. SECTION 7.07 REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS. Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in TIA Section 313(a) shall have occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such May 15 that complies with TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Sections 313(b)(2) and 313(c). A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed in accordance with TIA Section 313(d). The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing if the Securities become listed on any securities exchange or any delisting thereof. SECTION 7.08 COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY. The Company covenants and agrees to pay the Trustee from time to time compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel and any taxes or other expenses incurred by a trust created pursuant to Article 8 hereof. The Company and each Guarantor shall indemnify each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee (in all capacities under this Indenture) and their officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold it harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims or expenses (including 77 reasonable compensation, fees, disbursements and expenses of Trustees' agents and counsel) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance of or the administration of this trust and its rights or duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other Person), except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense is attributable to its negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of the claim, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; provided, however, that if such claim is made against both the Company and the Trustee and the Trustee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Company, the Trustee shall have the right to select separate counsel to defend such claim on behalf of the Trustee. In the event that the Company assumes the defense of the claim, the Company shall have no obligation to pay the fees and expenses of separate counsel for the Trustee (except where the Trustee is entitled to select separate counsel for the reason provided in the preceding sentence) and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense of such claim. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section 7.08, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Securities on all assets held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except assets held in trust to pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Special Interest) on particular Securities. When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(8) or Section 6.01(a)(9), the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expense of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. The Company's obligations under this Section 7.08 and any Lien arising hereunder shall survive the resignation or removal of any trustee, the discharge of the Company's obligations pursuant to Article 8 and/or the termination of this Indenture. Any amounts due and owing the Trustee hereunder (whether in nature of fees, expenses, indemnification payments or reimbursement for advances) which have not been paid by or on behalf of the Company within 45 days following written notice thereof given to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.02, shall bear interest at an interest rate equal to the Trustee's announced prime rate in effect from time to time, plus four percent (4.0%) per annum. 78 SECTION 7.09 REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE. (a) Resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.09. (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust created hereby by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Company and the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor trustee with the Company's prior written consent. The Company may remove the Trustee if: (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.11; (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent, or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. The Trustee shall be entitled to payment of its fees and reimbursement of its expenses while acting as Trustee, and to the extent such amounts remain unpaid, the Trustee that has resigned or has been removed shall retain the Lien afforded by Section 7.08. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may, with the Company's prior written consent, appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. (d) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. Promptly after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums then owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.08. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. (e) Subject to TIA Section 310(b), if a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the expense of the Company), the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. (f) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of the Securities who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.11, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 79 (g) Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.09, the Company's obligations under Section 7.08 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. SECTION 7.10 SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or national banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or national banking association without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or national banking association is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee. SECTION 7.11 ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most recent filed annual report of condition. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Company are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met. SECTION 7.12 PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY. The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). If the present or any future Trustee shall resign or be removed, it shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent provided therein. SECTION 7.13 NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR RECORDING OR FILING. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to record or file a financing statement (except for continuation statements) or any other instrument or otherwise give to any Person notice thereof. 80 SECTION 7.14 NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR INSURANCE, TAXES OR OTHER ASSESSMENTS. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to pay, nor under any obligation to cause the Company or any Guarantor to pay, any insurance, taxes or other assessments on any Assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, irrespective of whether such Assets, at any time, secure the Indebtedness or other obligations evidenced by the Securities. ARTICLE 8 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; LEGAL AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE SECTION 8.01 TERMINATION OF THE COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS. (a) The Company and each Guarantor may terminate its obligations under the Securities and this Indenture, except those obligations referred to in Section 8.01(b), if: (1) either (A) all Securities previously authenticated and delivered (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Securities which have been replaced or paid or Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 8.04) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and the Company has paid all sums payable by it hereunder, or (B) either (i) pursuant to Article 3, the Company shall have given notice to the Trustee and mailed a notice of redemption to each Holder of the redemption of all of the Securities under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of such notice, or (ii) all Securities have otherwise become due and payable hereunder and the Company shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee or a trustee reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders for that purpose, money in such amount as is sufficient without consideration of reinvestment of such interest, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Securities to maturity or redemption, as certified in a certificate of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants; provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money to the payment of said principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Securities; (2) no Default or Event of Default with respect to this Indenture or the Securities shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound; (3) the Company shall have paid all other sums payable by it hereunder; and (4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that (A) all conditions precedent providing for the termination of the Company's and any Guarantor's obligation under the Securities, this 81 Indenture and any Guarantee have been complied with, and (B) such satisfaction and discharge will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any material agreement or instrument to which the Company or a Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or a Guarantor is bound. (b) Notwithstanding Section 8.01(a), the Company's obligations in Section 2.06, Section 2.07, Section 2.08, Section 2.12, Section 2.18, Section 4.01, Section 4.02 and Section 7.08 and any Guarantor's obligations in respect thereof shall survive until the Securities are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.12. After the Securities are no longer outstanding, the Company's obligations in Section 7.08, Section 8.05 and Section 8.06 and any Guarantor's obligations in respect thereof shall survive. (c) After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee, upon request, shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company's and any Guarantor's obligations under the Securities and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above. SECTION 8.02 OPTION TO EFFECT LEGAL DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE. The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors, evidenced by a Board Resolution set forth in an Officers' Certificate of the Company, at any time, with respect to the Securities, elect to have either Section 8.03 or Section 8.04 below be applied to the outstanding Securities upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. SECTION 8.03 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE. Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.02 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and any Guarantor shall, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.05, be deemed to have been released and discharged from its obligations with respect to the outstanding Securities on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "legal defeasance"). For this purpose, legal defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Securities, which shall thereafter be deemed to be "outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 8.06 below and the other Sections of and matters under this Indenture referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture insofar as such Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Securities to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.06 hereof and as more fully set forth in such Section 8.06, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on such Securities when such payments are due, (ii) the Company's obligations with respect to such Securities under Article 2 and Section 4.02, and, with respect to the Trustee, under Section 7.08 and any Guarantor's obligations in respect thereof, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (iv) this Article 8. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.03 82 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.04 below with respect to the Securities. SECTION 8.04 COVENANT DEFEASANCE. Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.02 of the option applicable to this Section 8.04, the Company and each of the Guarantors shall, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.05, be released and discharged from its obligations under any covenant contained in Article 5 and in Section 4.07 through Section 4.16 and Section 4.18 with respect to the outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "covenant defeasance"), and the Securities shall thereafter be deemed to be not "outstanding" for the purpose of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed "outstanding" for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Securities, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01(c), but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.02 of the option applicable to this Section 8.04, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.05 hereof, Section 6.01(a)(1) through Section 6.01(a)(7) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. SECTION 8.05 CONDITIONS TO LEGAL OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE. (a) The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 8.03 or Section 8.04 to the outstanding Securities. In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance: (1) the Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 7.11 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Section 8.05 applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, (A) cash, in United States dollars, (B) direct non-callable obligations of, or non-callable obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee or obligation the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged ("U.S. Government Obligations") maturing as to principal, premium, if any, and interest in such amounts of cash, in United States dollars, and at such times as are sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of such interest, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Securities not later than one day before the due date of any payment, or (C) a combination thereof, as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, principal of, 83 premium, if any, and interest (including any Special Interest) on the outstanding Securities (except lost, stolen or destroyed Securities which have been replaced or repaid) on the Final Maturity Date or otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities, and the Company shall specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or a particular Redemption Date; provided, however, that the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) shall have received an irrevocable written order from the Company instructing the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to apply such money or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to said payments with respect to the Securities; (2) no Default or Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Securities shall have occurred and be continuing (A) on the date of such deposit, or (B) insofar as Section 6.01(a) is concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness, all or a portion of which will be used to defease the Securities concurrently with such increase, it being understood that the condition set forth in this Section 8.05(2)(B) shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period); (3) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest with respect to any securities of the Company or any Guarantor; (4) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default or Event of Default under, this Indenture (except with respect to the incurrence of Indebtedness described in clause (2) above) or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; (5) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 above, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred; (6) in the case of an election under Section 8.04 above, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of the outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred; (7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that (A) all conditions precedent provided for relating to 84 either the legal defeasance under Section 8.03 above or the covenant defeasance under Section 8.04 above, as the case may be, have been complied with, and (B) if any other Indebtedness of the Company shall then be outstanding or committed, such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will not violate the provisions of the agreements or instruments evidencing such Indebtedness; and (8) in the case of an election under either Section 8.03 or Section 8.04, the Company also shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which may be part of the opinion referred to in clause (7) above) covering the matters set forth below: (A) the trust funds will not be subject to any rights of holders of Indebtedness of the Company, other than the Securities, (B) assuming (i) no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of the deposit and the 90th day following the deposit, and (ii) that no Holder of the Securities is an "insider" of the Company or the Guarantors within the meaning of applicable Bankruptcy Laws, then after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable Bankruptcy Laws or any other insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights, and (C) assuming such trust funds remained in the Trustee's possession prior to any court ruling described below (to the extent not paid to Holders of Securities), (i) the Trustee will hold, for the benefit of the Holders of Securities, a valid and enforceable security interest in such trust funds that is not avoidable in bankruptcy or otherwise, subject only to principles of equitable subordination, (ii) the Holders of Securities will be entitled to receive adequate protection of their interests in such trust funds if such trust funds are used, and (iii) no property, rights in property or other interests granted to the Trustee or the Holders of Securities in exchange for or with respect to any of such funds will be subject to any prior rights of any other Person, subject only to prior Liens granted under Section 364 of Title 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (or any section of any other Bankruptcy Law having the same effect), but still subject to the foregoing clause (ii). Except for the opinion described in the foregoing clauses 8(A) - 8(C), such Opinion of Counsel may also provide that if a court were to rule under any Bankruptcy Law in any case or proceeding that the trust funds remained property of the Company, no opinion need be given as to the effect of such Bankruptcy Laws on the trust funds. (b) In addition to the conditions set forth in Section 8.05(a) above, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall, as and when applicable, comply with the other provisions of this Article 8, including Section 8.06(b). 85 SECTION 8.06 DEPOSITED MONEY AND CASH EQUIVALENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST. (a) Subject to Section 8.07, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.06, the "Trustee") pursuant to Section 8.05 above in respect of the outstanding Securities shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (other than the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) at the written direction of the Company, to the Holders of such Securities of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest (including any Special Interest), but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. (b) The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including any Special Interest) received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Securities. (c) Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request, in writing, by the Company any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.06 above which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent legal defeasance or covenant defeasance. SECTION 8.07 REPAYMENT TO COMPANY OR GUARANTORS. Subject to Section 7.08, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including any Special Interest) on any Securities and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, and interest (including any Special Interest) has become due and payable, shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as a general unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Company. SECTION 8.08 REINSTATEMENT. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.03 or Section 8.04, as the case may be, by reason of any legal 86 proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company's and each Guarantor's obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had been made pursuant to Section 8.03 or Section 8.04 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.03 or Section 8.04 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that if the Company or a Guarantor has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including any Special Interest) on any Securities following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS SECTION 9.01 WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS. (a) Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, without notice to or consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend, waive or supplement this Indenture or the Securities without notice to or consent of any Holder: (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (2) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities; (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company's or any Guarantor's obligations to Holders of Securities in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or of such Guarantor; (4) to comply with any requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; (5) to make any change that would provide any additional benefit or rights to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder; (6) to provide for the issuance of Additional Securities in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof; (7) to allow any Subsidiary to guarantee the Securities or otherwise comply with Section 4.16 or Section 11.01; or (8) to provide for collateral for the Securities or one or more Guarantees. (b) Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon 87 receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(a) hereof stating that such amended or supplemental Indenture complies with this Section 9.01, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that adversely affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. (c) Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee and the Company may not make any change that adversely affects the rights of any Holder hereunder. The Company shall be required to deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that any such change made pursuant to this Section 9.01 does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder. SECTION 9.02 WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS. (a) Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including Section 4.11 and Section 4.12 hereof) and the Securities with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities of each series affected by such amendment or supplement (including Additional Securities, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Securities), and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities of each series affected by such amendment or supplement (including Additional Securities, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with purchase of, a tender offer or exchange offer for, the Securities). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Securities are considered to be "outstanding" for purposes of this Section 9.02; (b) Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and, if requested, upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Securities as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(a) hereof stating that any such amended or supplemental Indenture complies with this Section 9.02, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture adversely affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture; (c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof; (d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holder of each Security affected thereby, with a copy to the 88 Trustee, a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any amendment, supplement or waiver; (e) Subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected thereby (including Additional Securities, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities of such series. (f) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 9.02, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver, whether under this Section 9.02 or a waiver under Section 6.04, may not (with respect to any Securities held by a non-consenting Holder): (1) reduce the principal amount outstanding of, or extend the fixed maturity date of any Security or alter the provisions, or waive any payment, with respect to the redemption of the Securities; (2) change the currency in which any Security of any premium or the interest (including any Special Interest) is payable or make the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including any Special Interest) on any Security payable in money other than that stated in the Security; (3) reduce the percentage in outstanding aggregate principal amount of Securities the Holders of which must (A) consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver, or (B) consent to take any other action under this Indenture, any Guarantee or the Securities; (4) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Securities; (5) waive a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including any Special Interest) on any Security, or with respect to redemption of or an offer to purchase any Security; (6) amend, change or modify the obligations of the Company to make and consummate the required offers with respect to any Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer or modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect to Asset Sale Offers or Change of Control Offers; (7) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Security. (8) amend, change or modify the Indenture in any manner that affects the priority of payment and ranking of the Securities in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Securities; or (9) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture other than in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, including Section 11.08; 89 (10) amend, change or modify Article 12 or Section 11.02 in any manner adverse to the holders of the Securities; or (11) amend, change or modify this Section 9.02 or Section 6.04. SECTION 9.03 COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT. Every amendment of or supplement to this Indenture or the Securities (whether as to the Notes or the Guarantees, or both) shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. SECTION 9.04 REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by such Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of that Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Security, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Security or portion of a Security (but not in amounts less than the minimum denominations in which a Security may be issued) prior to such amendment, supplement or waiver becoming effective. Such revocation shall be effective only if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. Notwithstanding the above, nothing in this paragraph shall impair the right of any Holder under Section 316(b) of the TIA. The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the second and third sentences of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. Such consent shall be effective only for actions taken within 90 days after such record date. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (11) of Section 9.02(e); if it makes such a change, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Security. SECTION 9.05 NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Security authenticated after such amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may (or, in accordance with the specific request of the Company shall, at Company's expense) request the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee shall (in accordance with the specific direction of the Company) place an appropriate notation on the Security about the changed terms and 90 return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company, in exchange for all the Securities, shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Securities that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Security shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. SECTION 9.06 TRUSTEE AND COMPANY TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which adversely affects the Trustee's rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. The Company and any Guarantor may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until their respective Boards of Directors approves it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 11, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that it is not inconsistent herewith and that it will be valid and binding upon the Company in accordance with its terms. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it. ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS SECTION 10.01 TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS. This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the TIA that are required to be a part of this Indenture, and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions. If any provision of this Indenture modifies any TIA provision that may be so modified, such TIA provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture, as so modified. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or excluded, as the case may be. SECTION 10.02 NOTICES. Any notice or communication shall be sufficiently given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (postage prepaid, registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier (promptly confirmed in writing) or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, addressed as follows: 91 If to the Company or any Guarantor to: Interface, Inc. 2859 Paces Ferry Road Suite 2000 Atlanta, GA 30339 Attn: General Counsel With a copy to: Kilpatrick Stockton LLP 1100 Peachtree Street Suite 2800 Atlanta, GA 30309 Attn: W. Randy Eaddy If to the Trustee to: SunTrust Bank 25 Park Place, 24th Floor Atlanta, Georgia 30303 Attn: Corporate Trust Department The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders, which shall be given in the manner provided below) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed to a Holder in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 92 SECTION 10.03 COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS WITH OTHER HOLDERS. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The obligors, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). SECTION 10.04 CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. Upon any request or application by the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take, or refrain from taking, any action under this Indenture, such obligor shall furnish to the Trustee: (1) an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 10.05 hereof stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with); (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 10.05 hereof stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with); and (3) where applicable, a certificate or opinion by a nationally recognized independent certified public accountant reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that complies with TIA Section 314(c). SECTION 10.05 STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and shall include: (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificates of public officials. 93 SECTION 10.06 RULES BY TRUSTEE, PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions. SECTION 10.07 GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. SECTION 10.08 NO INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS. This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture or loan or debt agreement of the Company, any Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture or loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Article 11. SECTION 10.09 NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, stockholder or Affiliate, as such, of the Company or any Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or this Indenture, or for any obligations of a Guarantor under any Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Securities. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. SECTION 10.10 SUCCESSORS. All agreements of the Company and any Guarantor in this Indenture and the Securities and the Guarantees shall bind its successors except as otherwise provided herein. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. SECTION 10.11 DUPLICATE ORIGINALS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all such executed copies together represent the same agreement. SECTION 10.12 SEVERABILITY. In case any provision in this Indenture, any Guarantee or the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not 94 in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and a Holder shall have no claim therefor against any party hereto. SECTION 10.13 TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC. The Table of Contents, the Reconciliation and tie and the headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. SECTION 10.14 BENEFITS OF INDENTURE. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. ARTICLE 11 GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES SECTION 11.01 GUARANTEE. Subject to the provisions of this Article 11, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Security authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Securities or the obligations of the Company or any other Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any Special Interest) on the Securities will be duly and punctually paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by law), and all payment and other obligations of the Company or the Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee or its agents hereunder or thereunder (including fees, expenses or other) will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Securities, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed, for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay, or to perform or cause the performance of, the same immediately. An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Securities shall constitute an event of default under this Guarantee, and shall entitle the Holders of Securities to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the obligations of the Company. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Securities or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any holder of the Securities with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any 95 judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same, whether or not a Guarantee is affixed to any particular Security, or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each of the Guarantors hereby waives the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or of any other Guarantor, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or of any other Guarantor, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Securities, this Indenture and this Guarantee. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or to any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or any Guarantor, any amount paid by the Company or Guarantor, to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Securities and the Trustee, on the other hand, subject to this Article 11, (a) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (b) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company's assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Securities are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Securities, whether as a "voidable preference," "fraudulent transfer" or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Securities shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned. SECTION 11.02 SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES. The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee pursuant to this Article 11 shall be junior and subordinated to the prior payment in full of any Senior Indebtedness and the Guarantee of any Senior Indebtedness by such Guarantor on the same basis as the Notes are junior and subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the Company. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee and the Holders shall have the right to receive and/or retain payments by any of the Guarantors only at such times and only to such extent as they may receive and/or retain payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, including Article 12 hereof. 96 SECTION 11.03 LIMITATION ON GUARANTOR LIABILITY; CONTRIBUTION. Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Securities, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contributions from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To the extent necessary to effect the foregoing, the Guarantee of each Guarantor is limited to an amount that would not render such Guarantor insolvent. The Guarantee of any Guarantor, and this Section 11.03 as applicable to any Guarantor, may be modified, without the consent of the Holders, to reflect such further fraudulent conveyance savings provisions, net worth or maximum amount limitations as to recourse or similar provisions as are set forth in, and after giving effect to, any guarantee of such Guarantor issued under the Credit Agreement and shall be required to be modified in the same manner as such guarantee under the Credit Agreement is amended or modified; provided that no such amendment or modification to thereafter conform to the Credit Agreement shall be in a manner which is adverse to the Holders in any respect. No modification or amendment referred to in the preceding sentence shall be permitted if it would disadvantage the Holders relative to the holders of the obligations of such Guarantor under the Credit Agreement other than by any Permitted Liens. Any amendment or modification pursuant to this Section 11.03 shall comply with the provisions of Article 9. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Trustee or the Holders under this Guarantee. SECTION 11.04 NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF CERTAIN PERSONS. No stockholder, officer, director, employee or incorporator, past, present or future, of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any personal liability under this Guarantee by reason of his, her or its status as such stockholder, officer, director, employer or incorporator. SECTION 11.05 EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF GUARANTEE. To further evidence the Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee, substantially in the form included in Exhibit D hereto, shall be endorsed on each Security authenticated and delivered by the Trustee after such Guarantee is executed by the Guarantor by either manual or facsimile signature of an Officer of each Guarantor (who also may be an Officer of the Company or one or more other Guarantors). The validity and 97 enforceability of any Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Security. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Security a notation of such Guarantee. If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or a Security or Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates such Security or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor's Guarantee of such Security shall be valid nevertheless. The delivery of any Security by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor. SECTION 11.06 ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS. (a) Any Person may become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Trustee (1) a supplemental indenture evidencing such Guarantor's Guarantee in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, which subjects such Person to the provisions of this Indenture as a Guarantor, and (2) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized and executed by such Person and constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Person (subject to such customary exceptions concerning fraudulent conveyance laws, creditors' rights and equitable principles as may be acceptable to the Trustee in its discretion). (b) If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acquires or forms a Material U.S. Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) or if any Subsidiary of the Company shall become a Material U.S. Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Subsidiary), the Company will cause any such Subsidiary to (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall guarantee all of the obligations of the Company with respect to the Securities issued under this Indenture on a joint and several basis, and on a basis pari passu with the then existing Guarantees with respect to both ranking and security (if any), in each case, in substantially the same manner and to the same extent set forth in this Article 11 or otherwise required under this Indenture, and (2) deliver to such Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Trustee to the effect that a supplemental indenture has been duly executed and delivered by such Subsidiary and such Subsidiary is in compliance with the terms of the Indenture; provided, however, this requirement shall not apply to any Securitization Subsidiary. SECTION 11.07 GUARANTORS MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC. ON CERTAIN TERMS. (a) No Guarantor may merge or consolidate with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the Surviving Entity), sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, as an entirety, to any Person or Persons, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: (1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and (2) either: (A) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes 98 all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture, its Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee, or (B) the Guarantor is released pursuant to Section 11.08 and such sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.12 of this Indenture, including the application of any Excess Proceeds therefrom, (b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, if the Surviving Entity is not an existing Guarantor, the Surviving Entity shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor and such Surviving Entity shall, unless released pursuant to Section 11.08, execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to the Trustee evidencing such Surviving Entity's Guarantee. Any Guarantee signed or delivered by the Surviving Entity shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. (c) Except as set forth in Article 4 and Article 5 of this Indenture, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. SECTION 11.08 RELEASE OF A GUARANTOR. (a) Upon the sale or disposition of all of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, or upon the consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into any Person (in each case, other than to, with or into, as the case may be, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company), such Guarantor shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from all obligations under this Article 11 without any further action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder; provided, however, that each such Guarantor is sold or disposed of in a transaction which does not violate Section 4.12 and Section 11.07 hereof. (b) The Trustee shall deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing the release of a Guarantor upon receipt of a request of the Company accompanied by an Officers' Certificate certifying as to the compliance with this Section 11.08. Any Guarantor not so released or the entity surviving such Guarantor, as applicable, will remain or be liable under its Guarantee as provided in this Article 11. (c) The Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company or a Guarantor in order to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee endorsed on the Securities and under this Article 11. SECTION 11.09 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Company that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor's obligations under this Guarantee and this Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any 99 right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of Securities against the Company, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Company, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Securities shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders of the Securities, and shall be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Securities, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 11.09 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. This Section 11.09 as applicable to any particular Guarantor may be amended or modified, without the consent of the Holders, in a manner to be consistent with the terms of any waiver of subrogation language set forth in any guarantee of such Guarantor issued under the Credit Agreement or other guarantee of such Guarantor and shall be required to be modified in the same manner as such guarantee under the Credit Agreement is amended or modified; provided that no such amendment or modification to thereafter conform to the Credit Agreement or other guarantee of such Guarantor shall be in a manner which is adverse to the Holders in any respect. No modification or amendment referred to in the preceding sentence shall be permitted if it would disadvantage the Holders relative to the lenders under the Credit Agreement or to the holders of other obligations of the Guarantor or other guarantee of such Guarantor other than by operation of the subordination provisions of this Article 11 and any Permitted Liens. Any amendment or modification to this Section 11.09 shall comply with the provisions of Article 9. SECTION 11.10 NO IMPAIRMENT OF RIGHT TO PAYMENT. Nothing contained in this Article 11 (other than a release pursuant to Section 11.08) or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall (a) impair, as among each Guarantor and its creditors other than the Holders of the Securities, the obligation of such Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, to make payments to the Holders in respect of its obligations under this Guarantee as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms; or (b) affect the relative rights against such Guarantor of the Holders of the Securities and creditors of such Guarantor; or (c) prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon Default or an Event of Default under this Indenture. The failure by any Guarantor to make a payment in respect of its obligations under this Guarantee by reason of any provision of this Article 11 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default hereunder. 100 SECTION 11.11 RELIANCE ON JUDICIAL ORDER OR CERTIFICATE OF LIQUIDATING AGENT REGARDING DISSOLUTION, ETC., OF GUARANTORS. Upon any payment or distribution of assets of any Guarantor referred to in this Article 11, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, and the Holders shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, winding-up or similar case or proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of other Indebtedness of such Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 11. SECTION 11.12 RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AS A HOLDER OF GUARANTOR INDEBTEDNESS; PRESERVATION OF TRUSTEE'S RIGHTS. The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 11 with respect to any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which may at any time be held by the Trustee, to the same extent as any other holder of such Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 11 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.08. SECTION 11.13 APPLICABLE TO PAYING AGENTS. In case at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term "Trustee" as used in this Article 11 shall in such case (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article 11 in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided, however, that Section 11.12 shall not apply to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company if it or such Affiliate acts as Paying Agent. SECTION 11.14 NO SUSPENSION OF REMEDIES. Nothing contained in this Article 11 shall limit the right of the Trustee or the Holders of Securities to take any action to accelerate the maturity of the Securities pursuant to Article 6 or to pursue any rights or remedies hereunder or under applicable law. 101 ARTICLE 12 SUBORDINATION SECTION 12.01 AGREEMENT TO SUBORDINATE. The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the payment of principal, interest, premium and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes and any payment on account of the acquisition or redemption of the Notes by the Company, and any payment made by any one or more Guarantors on account of the Notes and related Guarantees is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 12, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Indebtedness. SECTION 12.02 LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION; BANKRUPTCY. The holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Indebtedness of the Company (including interest after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Indebtedness of the Company) before the Holders of Notes will be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Notes (except that Holders of Notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from a trust pursuant to Article 8 hereof), in the event of any distribution to creditors of the Company: (i) in a liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (ii) in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property; (iii) in an assignment by the Company for the benefit of its creditors; or (iv) in any marshaling of the Company's assets and liabilities. SECTION 12.03 DEFAULT ON DESIGNATED SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS. (a) The Company also shall not make any payment in respect of the Notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from a trust pursuant to Article 8 hereof) if: (1) a payment default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period; or (2) any other default occurs and is continuing on any series of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company that permits holders of that series of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of such default (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from the Company or the holders of any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company. (b) Payments on the Notes may and shall be resumed by the Company: (1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived; and 102 (2) in case of a nonpayment default, the earlier of the date on which such nonpayment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received (such period before which payment may be resumed under this clause (b)(2) hereinafter referred to as the "Payment Blockage Period") , unless the maturity of any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company has been accelerated. (c) No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered to the Company or the Trustee that would start a new Payment Blockage Period unless and until: (i) 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice; and (ii) all scheduled payments of principal, interest and premium and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes that have come due have been paid in full in cash. No nonpayment event of default which existed or was continuing with respect to the Designated Senior Indebtedness for which a Payment Blockage Notice was provided shall be or be made the basis for the delivery of any subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such event of default is cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days. SECTION 12.04 ACCELERATION OF SECURITIES. If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company shall promptly notify holders of Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration. SECTION 12.05 WHEN DISTRIBUTIONS MUST BE PAID OVER. In the event that the Trustee or any Holder receives any payment of any Obligations with respect to the Securities (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust pursuant to Article 8 hereof) at a time when the Trustee or such Holder, as applicable, has, subject to Section 12.11, actual knowledge that such payment is prohibited by Section 12.03, Section 11.02 or both, hereof, such payment shall be held by the Trustee or such Holder, as applicable, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered, upon written request, to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear or their Representative under this Indenture or other agreement (if any) pursuant to which Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Obligations with respect to Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Obligations in full in accordance with their terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior Indebtedness. With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform only such obligations on the part of the Trustee as are specifically set forth in this Article 12, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and shall not be liable to any such holders if the Trustee shall pay over or distribute to or on behalf of Holders or the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 12, except if such payment is made as a result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Trustee. 103 SECTION 12.06 NOTICE BY COMPANY. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of any facts known to the Company that would cause a payment of any obligations with respect to the Securities to violate this Article 12 or Section 11.02, but failure to give such notice shall not affect the subordination of the Securities to Senior Indebtedness as provided in this Article 12 and Section 11.02. SECTION 12.07 SUBROGATION. After all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders of Notes shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other Pari Passu Indebtedness) to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to Senior Indebtedness to the extent that distributions that were otherwise payable to the Holders of Notes were applied to the payment of Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article 12 to holders of Senior Indebtedness that otherwise would have been made to Holders of Securities is not, as between the Company and Holders, a payment by the Company on the Notes and is not, as between the Guarantors and the Holders, a payment by the applicable Guarantor on the applicable Guarantee. SECTION 12.08 RELATIVE RIGHTS. This Article 12 and Section 11.02 define the relative rights of Holders of Securities and holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Indenture shall: (a) impair, as between the Company and Holders of Notes, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes in accordance with their terms; (b) impair, as between the Guarantors and the Holders of the Guarantees, the obligation of the applicable Guarantor under its Guarantee; (c) affect the relative rights of Holders of Securities and creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Indebtedness; or (d) prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Securities from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders and owners of Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions and payments otherwise payable to Holders of Notes. If the Company fails because of this Article 12 to pay principal of or interest, or Special Interest, if any, on a Note on the due date, or a Guarantor fails because of this Article 12 and Section 11.02 to perform its obligations under its Guarantee, the failure is still a Default or Event of Default. 104 SECTION 12.09 SUBORDINATION MAY NOT BE IMPAIRED BY THE COMPANY. No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or any Holder or by the failure of the Company or any Holder to comply with this Indenture. SECTION 12.10 DISTRIBUTION OR NOTICE TO REPRESENTATIVE. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their respective Representatives. Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article 12, the Trustee and the Holders of Securities shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or upon any certificate of such applicable Representative or of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 12. SECTION 12.11 RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 12, Section 11.02, or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes, unless the Trustee shall have received at its Corporate Trust Office at least five Business Days prior to the date of such payment written notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 12. Only the Company or an applicable Representative may give the notice. Nothing in this Article 12 shall impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.08 hereof. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Indebtedness with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. SECTION 12.12 AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION. Each Holder of Notes, by the Holder's acceptance thereof, authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article 12 and Section 11.02, and appoints the Trustee to act as such Holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in Section 6.09 hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim, holders of any Senior 105 Indebtedness (or their respective Representatives), including the lenders under the Credit Agreement, are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes. SECTION 12.13 AMENDMENTS. The provisions of this Article 12 and Section 11.02 shall not be amended or modified without the written consent of the holders of all Designated Senior Indebtedness which would be adversely affected thereby. 106 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as an instrument under seal, all as of the day and year first above written. INTERFACE, INC. By /s/ Patrick C. Lynch ------------------------------------- Patrick C. Lynch Vice President and Chief Financial Officer ARCHITECTURAL FLOORS, INC. BENTLEY PRINCE STREET, INC. (F/K/A BENTLEY MILLS, INC.) BENTLEY MILLS, INC. (F/K/A BENTLEY ROYALTY COMPANY) INTERFACE FABRICS GROUP SOUTH, INC. (F/K/A CHATHAM, INC.) CARPET SERVICES OF TAMPA, INC. COMMERCIAL FLOORING SYSTEMS, INC. FLOORING CONSULTANTS, INC. INTERFACE FABRICS GROUP NORTH, INC. (F/K/A GUILFORD OF MAINE, INC.) INTERFACE AMERICAS, INC. INTERFACE ARCHITECTURAL RESOURCES, INC. INTERFACE FABRICS GROUP, INC. INTERFACE FABRICS GROUP MARKETING, INC. (F/K/A INTERFACE FABRICS GROUP MARKETING COMPANY) INTERFACE FLOORING SYSTEMS, INC. INTERFACE OVERSEAS HOLDINGS, INC. INTERFACE TEKNIT, INC. INTERFACEFLOR, INC. PANDEL, INC. QUAKER CITY INTERNATIONAL, INC. RE:SOURCE AMERICAS ENTERPRISES, INC. RE:SOURCE COLORADO, INC. RE:SOURCE MINNESOTA, INC. RE:SOURCE NORTH CAROLINA, INC. RE:SOURCE NEW JERSEY, INC. RE:SOURCE NEW YORK, INC. RE:SOURCE OREGON, INC. RE:SOURCE SOUTH FLORIDA, INC. RE:SOURCE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC. RE:SOURCE WASHINGTON, D.C., INC. SOUTHERN CONTRACT SYSTEMS, INC. SUPERIOR/REISER FLOORING RESOURCES, INC. INTERFACE FABRICS GROUP FINISHING, INC. (F/K/A TOLTEC FABRICS, INC.) INTERFACE AMERICAS HOLDINGS, LLC INTERFACE AMERICAS RE:SOURCE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC INTERFACE REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC INTERFACE TEKSOLUTIONS, LLC By: /s/ Patrick C. Lynch ----------------------------------------- Patrick C. Lynch Vice President (as to Interface Real Estate Holdings, LLC, on behalf of Bentley Prince Street, Inc., its sole member; as to Interface TekSolutions, LLC, on behalf of Interface Fabrics Group Marketing, Inc., its sole member; as to Interface Americas Holdings, LLC, on behalf of Interface, Inc., its sole member; as to Interface Americas Re:Source Technologies, LLC, on behalf of Interface Flooring Systems, Inc., its sole member) 1 STRATEGIC FLOORING SERVICES, INC. By: /s/ Keith E. Wright ------------------------------- Keith E. Wright Treasurer SUNTRUST BANK, as Trustee By: /s/ Kelly R. Mathis ------------------------------- Name: Kelly R. Mathis Title: Trust Officer 2 EXHIBIT A SERIES _____* CUSIP/CINS 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2014 No. _______ INTERFACE, INC. promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns the principal sum of __________________________________ Dollars on February 1, 2014. Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1, commencing August 1, 2004. Record Dates: January 15 and July 15 * "A" in the case of the Initial Securities * "B" in the case of the Initial Exchange Securities A-1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal. Dated: __________, ______ INTERFACE, INC. By: _______________________________________ Name: Title: [SEAL] Attest: ____________________________ Authorized Signature A-2 TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. SUNTRUST BANK, as Trustee By: ________________________________________ Authorized Officer A-3 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE OR THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREIN IN AN "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION" PURSUANT TO RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, PRIOR TO (X)THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISIONS THEREUNDER) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE)AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON) OR, IN THE CASE OF A GLOBAL SECURITY, THE APPLICABLE BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN (SUCH DATE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS THE "RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE") OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND; AND (4) ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HAVE RESERVED THE RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER (i) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION A-4 COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OR REGULATION S, OR (ii) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (iii) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE BE COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT RELATING TO ALL THE NOTES. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, OR BY ANY SUCH NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR NOMINEE OF A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY, OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO., OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE, AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. Unless the context expressly otherwise requires, all references herein to the "Notes" includes any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture. (1) Interest. Interface, Inc., a Georgia corporation (the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 9.5% per annum from the date hereof until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest to the extent payable pursuant to Section 2(d) of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company shall pay interest semi-annually A-5 on February 1 and August 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an "Interest Payment Date"). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be August 1, 2004. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. (2) Method of Payment. The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on January 15 or July 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest (including any Special Interest) at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Special Interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of same day funds shall be required with respect to principal, interest, premium, if any, and interest (including any Special Interest) on all Global Notes. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. (3) Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, SunTrust Bank, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. (4) Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of February 4, 2004 (the "Indenture") among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. This Note is an obligation of the Company and is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company in aggregate principal amount of $135 million on the initial Issue Date. The Indenture pursuant to which this Note is issued provides that Additional Notes may be issued thereunder, subject to compliance with the terms of the Indenture. (5) Optional Redemption. (a) At any time prior to February 1, 2007, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued on the Issue Date (including, without duplication, any Exchange Notes), and (ii) each initial aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes issued prior to such date (including, without limitation, any Exchange Notes) at a redemption price of 109.5% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings; provided that: (i) at least 65% of the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued on the Issue Date (including, without limitation, any Exchange Notes), and (y) each initial aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes issued on the applicable issue date for such Additional Notes (including, without limitation, any Exchange Notes with respect to such Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries); and (ii) the redemption must occur within 180 days of the date of the closing of such Public Equity Offering. (b) Except pursuant to the preceding clause 5(a), the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to February 1, 2009. On or after February 1, 2009, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes from time to time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1 of the years indicated below:

(c) Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to maturity. A-7 (6) Repurchase at Option of Holder. (a) If a Change of Control occurs, the Company is obligated to offer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of a Holder's Notes and Additional Notes, if any, pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a Change of Control Payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Additional Notes, if any, repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest), if any, thereon, to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes and Additional Notes, if any, on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. (b) When the Company or a Subsidiary consummates Asset Sales and the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds with respect thereto exceeds $15.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and Additional Notes, if any, and all holders of other Indebtedness that is either senior or pari passu with the Notes, which contain provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets ("Tenderable Indebtedness"), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and Additional Notes, if any, and such other Tenderable Indebtedness, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be, in the case of the Notes, equal to 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest), if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash and, in the case of any of the Tenderable Indebtedness, equal to the price specified in or permitted by such other Tenderable Indebtedness and payable as provided therein. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other Tenderable Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company shall select the Notes and Additional Notes, if any, and such other Tenderable Indebtedness to be purchased first from Senior Indebtedness in accordance with the relative priorities of such Senior Indebtedness or if there are no priorities specified, then on a pro rata basis among such Senior Indebtedness, and second, on a pro rata basis among the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness. (7) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any A-8 Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. (8) Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. (9) Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company's or any Guarantor's obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or of such Guarantor, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, to provide for the Issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, to allow any Subsidiary to guarantee the Notes, or to provide collateral for the Notes or one or more Guarantees. (10) Special Interest, Defaults and Remedies. (a) Events of Default include: (1) default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any of the Notes when the same becomes due and payable (upon Stated Maturity, acceleration, optional redemption, required purchase, scheduled principal payment or otherwise); or (2) default in the payment of an installment of interest on any of the Notes, when the same becomes due and payable, which default continues for a period of 30 days; or (3) failure to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in the Notes, the Indenture or any Guarantee (other than a default specified in clause (1) or (2) above) and such default continues for a period of 60 days after written notice of such default shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; or (4) default or defaults under one or more agreements, instruments, mortgages, bonds, debentures or other evidences of Indebtedness under which the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company then has outstanding Indebtedness in excess of $20,000,000, individually or in the aggregate, and either (a) such Indebtedness is already due and payable in full or (b) such default or defaults have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Indebtedness; or (5) one or more judgments, orders or decrees of any court or regulatory or A-9 administrative agency of competent jurisdiction for the payment of money in excess of $20,000,000, either individually or in the aggregate, shall be entered against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any of their respective properties and shall not be discharged or fully bonded and there shall have been a period of 60 days after the date on which any period for appeal has expired and during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, order or decree shall not be in effect; or (6) either (a) the collateral agent under the Credit Agreement, or (b) any holder of at least $20,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries shall commence judicial proceedings to foreclose upon assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $20,000,000 or shall have exercised any right under applicable law or applicable security documents to take ownership of any such assets in lieu of foreclosure; or (7) any Guarantee issued by a Guarantor which is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared null and void, or any such Guarantor denies that it has any further liability under any such Guarantee or gives notice to such effect (other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture) and such condition shall have continued for a period of 60 days after written notice of such failure (which notice shall specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that it is a "Notice of Default") requiring such Guarantor and the Company to remedy the same shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; or (8) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company shall have occurred. (b) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as a result of the acceleration of any Indebtedness described in clause 10(a)4 above, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the holders of any Indebtedness described in clause 10(a)4 above have rescinded the declaration of acceleration in respect of such Indebtedness within 30 days of the date of such declaration and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. Except as provided in the following sentence, if any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest), if any, of the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. (c) Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the A-10 Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium of, interest (including Special Interest), if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) or in respect of a covenant or provision under the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note outstanding (provided, however, that the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration). The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. (11) Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. (12) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. (13) Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. (14) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). (15) Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Series A Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of any series of Additional Notes, Holders of an applicable series of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, between the Company and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of such series of Additional Notes (collectively, the "Registration Rights Agreement"). A-11 (16) CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: Interface, Inc. 2859 Paces Ferry Road Suite 2000 Atlanta, GA 30339 Attention: Chief Financial Officer A-12 ASSIGNMENT FORM To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to ________________________________________________________________________________ (Insert assignee's social security number or tax I.D. number) ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code) and irrevocably appoint _______________________________________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. ________________________________________________________________________________ Date: _______________ Your Signature:______________________ (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) SIGNATURE GUARANTEE. A-13 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, check the box below: [ ] Section 4.11 [ ] Section 4.12 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $________ Date: _______________ Your Signature:________________________ (Sign exactly as your name appears on the Tax Identification No:__________ SIGNATURE GUARANTEE. A-14 EXHIBIT B FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER Interface, Inc. 2859 Paces Ferry Road Suite 2000 Atlanta, GA 30339 SunTrust Bank [address] Attn: Corporate Trust Department Re: 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 4, 2004 (the "Indenture"), between Interface, Inc., as issuer (the "Company"), certain Subsidiaries of the Company as Guarantors, and SunTrust Bank, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. ______________ (the "Transferor") owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the "Transfer"), to __________ (the "Transferee"), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] [ ] (1.) CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. B-1 [ ] (2.) CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. [ ] (3.) CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. [ ] (a) CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. [ ] (b) CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the B-2 terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. [ ] (c) CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. [Insert Name of Transferor] By: ___________________________ Name: Title: Dated: _____________, ____ B-3 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] (a) a beneficial interest in the: [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP _________), or [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________); or (b) [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: [CHECK ONE] a beneficial interest in the: [ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP ________), or [ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP ________), or [ ] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP ________); or [ ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or [ ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. B-4 EXHIBIT C FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE Interface, Inc. 2859 Paces Ferry Road Suite 2000 Atlanta, GA 30339 SunTrust Bank [address] Attn: Corporate Trust Department Re: 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (CUSIP______________) Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 4, 2004 (the "Indenture"), between Interface, Inc., as issuer (the "Company"), certain Subsidiaries of the Company as Guarantors, and SunTrust Bank, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. ____________ (the "Owner") owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the "Exchange"). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: (1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE [ ] (a) CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), (iii) the C-1 restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. [ ] (b) CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. [ ] (c) CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. [ ] (d) CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. C-2 (2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES [ ] (a) CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. [ ] (b) CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]_____ 144A Global Note, ______ Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. ____________________________________________ [Insert Name of Owner] By:__________________________________________ Name: Title: Dated: _____________, ____ C-3 EXHIBIT D FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of February 4, 2004 (the "Indenture") among Interface, Inc., the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and SunTrust Bank, as trustee (the "Trustee"), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest (including Special Interest), if any, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee, all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The validity and enforceability of any Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantee and all other provisions of the Indenture to which this Guarantee relates. This Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture. [Name of Guarantor] By: _______________________________ Name: Title: E-1 EXHIBIT E FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS Supplemental Indenture (this "Supplemental Indenture"), dated as of _____________, among Subsidiary or Subsidiaries (each a "Guaranteeing Subsidiary"), of Interface, Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Georgia corporation (the "Company"), the Company, the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and SunTrust Bank, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the "Trustee"). W I T N E S S E T H WHEREAS, the Company and the Guarantors party thereto heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the "Indenture"), dated as of February 4, 2004 providing for the issuance of 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the "Notes"); WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances a Material U.S. Subsidiary shall, and other Subsidiaries may, execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company's Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the "Guarantee"); and WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: Section 1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. Section 2. Agreement to Guarantee. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary signatory hereto hereby agrees as follows: (a) Along with all other Guarantors, to jointly and severally Guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: E-1 (i) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any Special Interest), on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal, premium, if any, of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. (b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. (c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever. (d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture. (e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors, or any custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. (f) None of the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries signatory hereto shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. (g) As between the Guarantors, including each Guarantor Subsidiary signatory hereto, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event E-2 of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee. (h) Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor (including any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary) so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee. (i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to any maximum amount and any other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from the Company and any of the other Guarantors, the rights of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary signatory hereto to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor (including any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary) in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture shall result in the obligations of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 3. Execution and Delivery. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee. 4. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms. (a) No Guarantor may merge or consolidate with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, as an entirety, to any Person or Persons, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: (1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and (2) either: (A) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture, its Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee, or (B) the Guarantor is released pursuant to Section 11.08 and such sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.12 of the Indenture, including the application of the Excess Proceeds therefrom. (b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be E-3 performed by the Guarantor, such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. (c) Except as set forth in Article 4 and Article 5 of the Indenture, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. 5. Release of a Guarantor. (a) Upon the sale or disposition of all of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, or upon the consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into any Person (in each case, other than to, with or into, as the case may be, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company), such Guarantor shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from all obligations under Article 11 of the Indenture without any further action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder; provided, however, that each such Guarantor is sold or disposed of in a transaction which does not violate Section 4.12 and Section 11.06 of the Indenture; (b) The Trustee shall deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing the release of a Guarantor upon receipt of a request of the Company accompanied by an Officers' Certificate certifying as to the compliance with Section 11.07 of the Indenture. Any Guarantor not so released or the entity surviving such Guarantor, as applicable, will remain or be liable under its Guarantee as provided in Article 11 of the Indenture. The Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company or a Guarantor in order to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee endorsed on the Securities and under Article 11 of the Indenture. 6. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. E-4 7. Governing Law. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 8. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 9. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 10. The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by each Guarantor signatory thereto and the Company. E-5 EX-4.7 4 g87621exv4w7.txt EX-4.7 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT EXHIBIT 4.7 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as of the 4th day of February, 2004, by and among Interface, Inc., a Georgia corporation (the "Company"), its subsidiaries Architectural Floors, Inc., an Ohio corporation; Bentley Prince Street, Inc. (formerly known as Bentley Mills, Inc.), a Delaware corporation; Bentley Mills, Inc. (formerly known as Bentley Royalty Company), a Nevada corporation; Interface Fabrics Group South, Inc. (formerly known as Chatham, Inc.), a North Carolina corporation; Carpet Services of Tampa, Inc., a Florida corporation; Commercial Flooring Systems, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation; Flooring Consultants, Inc., an Arizona corporation; Interface Fabrics Group North, Inc. (formerly known as Guilford of Maine, Inc.), a Nevada corporation; Interface Americas, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Interface Architectural Resources, Inc., a Michigan corporation; Interface Fabrics Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation; Interface Fabrics Group Marketing, Inc. (formerly known as Interface Fabrics Group Marketing Company), a Nevada corporation; Interface Flooring Systems, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Interface Overseas Holdings, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Interface Teknit, Inc., a Michigan corporation; Interfaceflor, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Pandel, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Quaker City International, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation; Re: Source Americas Enterprises, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Re: Source Colorado, Inc., a Colorado corporation; Re: Source Minnesota, Inc., a Minnesota corporation; Re: Source North Carolina, Inc., a North Carolina corporation; Re:Source New Jersey, Inc., a New Jersey corporation; Re: Source New York, Inc., a New York corporation; Re:Source Oregon, Inc., a Oregon corporation; Re:Source South Florida, Inc., a Florida corporation; Re:Source Southern California, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Re:Source Washington, D.C., Inc., a Virginia corporation; Southern Contract Systems, Inc., a Georgia corporation; Superior/Reiser Flooring Resources, Inc., a Texas corporation; Interface Fabrics Group Finishing, Inc. (formerly known as Toltec Fabrics, Inc.), a Georgia corporation; Interface Americas Holdings, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company; Interface Americas Re:Source Technologies, LLC, Georgia limited liability company; Interface Real Estate Holdings, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company; Interface Teksolutions, LLC, a Michigan limited liability company; Strategic Flooring Services, Inc., a Georgia corporation (such subsidiaries collectively, the "Guarantors") and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Fleet Securities, Inc. (collectively, the "Purchasers"). This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated January 26, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantors, and the Purchasers (the "Purchase Agreement"), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Purchasers of 9-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the "Notes"). The Notes are to be issued by the Company pursuant to the provisions of an Indenture dated as of February 4, 2004 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Indenture") between the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors and SunTrust Bank, as trustee (the "Trustee"). In order to induce the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide to the Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights with respect to the Notes set forth in this Agreement. The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement. In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings: "1933 Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time. "1934 Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. "Closing Date" shall mean the Closing Date as defined in the Purchase Agreement. "Company" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Company's successors. "Exchange Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii). "Exchange Notes" shall mean securities issued by the Company under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Notes (except that (i) interest thereon shall accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the Notes or, if no such interest has been paid, from February 4, 2004 and (ii) the Exchange Notes will not provide for an increase in the rate of interest and will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions) and to be offered to Holders of Notes in exchange for Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. "Exchange Offer" shall mean the exchange offer by the Company of Exchange Notes for Registrable Notes pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof. "Exchange Offer Registration" shall mean a registration under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof. "Exchange Offer Registration Statement" shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. "Guarantees" shall mean the guarantee of the Notes by each Guarantor. "Holder" shall mean the Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Notes, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Registrable Notes under the Indenture; provided that for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term "Holder" shall include Participating Broker-Dealers (as defined in Section 4(a)). "Holder Shelf Registration Notice" shall mean written notice from a Holder to the Company that such Holder (x) is prohibited by applicable law or SEC policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (y) may not resell Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and that the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder or (z) is a broker-dealer and holds Registrable Notes acquired directly from the Company or an "affiliate" of the Company. "Indenture" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. "Majority Holders" shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Registrable Notes; provided that, for purposes of Section 6(b), whenever 2 the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Notes is required hereunder, Registrable Notes held by the Company or any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) (other than the Purchasers or subsequent holders of Registrable Notes if such subsequent holders are deemed to be such affiliates solely by reason of their holding of such Registrable Notes) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount. "Offer Termination Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iv). "Participating Broker-Dealer" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof. "Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. "Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus or offering memorandum, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Notes covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein. "Purchase Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. "Purchasers" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. "Registrable Notes" shall mean the Notes; provided, however, that the Notes shall cease to be Registrable Notes (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Notes shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such Notes shall have been disposed of or exchanged pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) upon the expiration of the Exchange Offer period with respect to any Exchange Offer Registration Statement if all Registrable Notes validly tendered in connection with such Exchange Offer shall have been exchanged for Exchange Notes, (iii) when such Notes have been sold or are eligible for sale to the public pursuant to Rule 144(k) (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the 1933 Act or (iv) when such Notes shall have ceased to be outstanding; provided, however, that if a Holder Shelf Registration Notice is delivered to the Company as provided in clause (iii) of Section 2(b), then Notes held by the Purchasers shall not cease to be Registrable Notes solely by reason of clause (ii) above. "Registration Expenses" shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws, (iii) all expenses of any Person in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing, at the request of the Company, any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (v) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vi) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders incurred on or before the 3 initial effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, which counsel shall be counsel for the Purchasers or other counsel selected by the Company and not objected to by the Majority Holders ("counsel for the Holders") and (vii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Company, including the expenses of any special audits or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, but excluding underwriting discounts, if any, and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Notes by a Holder. "Registration Statement" shall mean any registration statement of the Company that covers any of the Exchange Notes, Registrable Notes or Guarantees pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. "SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. "Shelf Registration" shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof. "Shelf Registration Statement" shall mean a "shelf" registration statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 2(b) of this Agreement which covers all of the Registrable Notes and Guarantees on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. "Special Interest" shall mean the additional interest payable under the Registrable Notes upon the occurrence of certain conditions specified in Section 2(d) below. "TIA" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(l) hereof. "Trustee" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 2. Registration under the 1933 Act. (a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their best efforts to cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering the offer by the Company to the Holders to exchange all of the Registrable Notes for Exchange Notes, to have such Registration Statement remain effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer and to consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to the date that is 180 days after the Closing Date. The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC and use their best efforts to have the Exchange Offer consummated not later than 30 days after such effective date. For purposes hereof, "consummate" shall mean that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall have been declared effective, subject to Section 2(b), the period of the Exchange Offer provided in accordance with clause (ii) below shall have expired and all Registrable Notes validly tendered in connection with such Exchange Offer shall have been exchanged for Exchange Notes. The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related exchange offer Prospectus and accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law: 4 (i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Registration Rights Agreement and that all Registrable Notes validly tendered will be accepted for exchange; (ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 25 days from the date such notice is mailed) (each such date being an "Exchange Date"); (iii) that any Registrable Note not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest, but will not retain any rights under this Agreement; (iv) that Holders electing to have a Registrable Note exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to surrender such Registrable Note, together with the enclosed letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date (the "Offer Termination Date"); and (v) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election, not later than the close of business on the Offer Termination Date, by sending to the institution and at the address specified in the notice a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Notes delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Registrable Notes exchanged. As soon as practicable after the Offer Termination Date, the Company shall: (A) accept for exchange Registrable Notes or portions thereof tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and (B) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Notes or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and mail to each Holder, an Exchange Note equal in aggregate principal amount to the aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes surrendered by such Holder. The Company and the Guarantors shall use their best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC. The Company shall inform the Purchasers of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Purchasers shall have the right, subject to applicable law, to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Registrable Notes in the Exchange Offer. (b) In the event that (i) the Company determines that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) above is not available or may not be consummated as soon as practicable after the Offer Termination Date because it would violate applicable law or the applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason consummated within 180 days after the Closing Date or (iii) in the event that at any time prior to the 20-day anniversary of the consummation of the Exchange Offer, any holder of Registrable Notes shall provide a Holder Shelf Registration Notice to the Company, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their best efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, or date or notice, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale by the Holders of all of the Registrable Notes and to have such Shelf Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC. In the event the Company and the 5 Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement solely as a result of the matters referred to in clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Company and the Guarantors shall file and have declared effective by the SEC both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to all Registrable Notes and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Notes held by the Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors agree to use their best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the second anniversary of the Closing Date or such shorter period that will terminate when all of the Registrable Notes covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. The Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company and the Guarantors for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the 1933 Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration or if reasonably requested by a Holder with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their best efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective and such Shelf Registration Statement to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. The Company agrees to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Notes copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC. (c) The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b). Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts, if any, and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder's Registrable Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. (d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided, however, that, if, after it has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will be deemed not to have become effective during the period of such interference until the offering of Registrable Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume. As provided for in the Indenture, liquidated damages in the form of Special Interest (in addition to the interest otherwise due on the Notes after such date) shall be accrued on the Registrable Notes as follows: (i) (A) if an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or, in the event that due to current interpretations by the SEC the Company is not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer, a Shelf Registration Statement is not filed within 120 days following the Closing Date or (B) in the event that at any time prior to the 20-day anniversary of the consummation of the Exchange Offer, any holder of Registrable Notes shall provide a Holder Shelf Registration Notice to the Company, and a Shelf Registration Statement is not filed within 120 days thereafter, then commencing on the 121st day after the Closing Date or the receipt of such notice, as the case may be, Special Interest shall be accrued on the Notes over and above the accrued interest at a rate of .50% per annum for the first 90 days immediately following the 121st day after the Closing Date or the receipt of such notice, as the case may be, such Special Interest rate increasing by an additional .25% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period; (ii) if an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) hereof and is not declared effective within 150 days following the Closing Date or the receipt of the Holder Shelf Registration Notice, as the case may be, then commencing on the 151st day after the Closing Date or the receipt of such notice, 6 as the case may be, Special Interest shall be accrued on the Registrable Notes over and above the accrued interest at a rate of .50% per annum for the first 90 days immediately following the 151st day after the Closing Date or the receipt of such notice, as the case may be, such Special Interest rate increased by an additional .25% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period; and (iii) if either (A) the Company has not exchanged Exchange Notes for all Registrable Notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer on or prior to 180 days after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective, or (B) if applicable, a Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective and such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective prior to two years from its original effective date, then, subject to certain exceptions, Special Interest shall be accrued on the Registrable Notes over and above the accrued interest at a rate of .50% per annum for the first 90 days immediately following the (x) 181st day after such effective date, in the case of (A) above, or (y) the day such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective in the case of (B) above, such Special Interest rate increasing by an additional .25% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period; provided, however, that the Special Interest rate on the Registrable Notes may not exceed 1.5% per annum; and provided further that (1) upon the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of (d)(i) above), (2) upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of (d)(ii) above), or (3) upon the exchange of Exchange Notes for all Registrable Notes tendered in the Exchange Offer or upon the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective prior to two years from its original effective date (in the case of (d)(iii) above), Special Interest on the Registrable Notes as a result of such clause (i), (ii) or (iii) shall cease to accrue. Any amounts of Special Interest due pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above will be payable in cash on the interest payment dates of the Registrable Notes. The amount of Special Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Special Interest rate by the principal amount of the Registrable Notes, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Special Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator of which is 360. If the Company effects the Exchange Offer, the Company will be entitled to close the Exchange Offer provided that it has accepted all Registrable Notes theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. Registrable Notes not tendered in the Exchange Offer shall bear interest at the same rate as in effect at the time of issuance of the Registrable Notes. (e) Without limiting the remedies available to the Purchasers and the Holders, the Company and the Guarantors acknowledge that any failure by the Company and the Guarantors to comply with their obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company's and the Guarantors' obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof. 7 3. Registration Procedures. In connection with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the Registration Statements pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall reasonably promptly: (a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act, which form shall (x) be selected by the Company, (y) in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Notes by the selling Holders thereof and (z) comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and use their best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof; (b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act; and keep each Prospectus current during the period described under Section 4(3) and Rule 174 under the 1933 Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes; (c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Notes, to counsel for the Purchasers and to counsel for the Holders, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Notes; and the Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Notes in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Notes covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law; (d) use their best efforts (i) to register or qualify the Registrable Notes and the Guarantees under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Notes covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and (ii) to cooperate with such Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Notes owned by such Holder; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to (A) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where they would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d), (B) file any general consent to service of process or (C) subject themselves to taxation in any such jurisdiction if they are not so subject; (e) in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Holder of Registrable Notes, counsel for the Holders and counsel for the Purchasers promptly and, if requested by any such Holder, counsel for the Holders or counsel for the Purchasers, confirm such advice in writing (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of 8 any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Notes covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (vi) of any determination by the Company that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate; (f) make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the earliest possible moment and provide immediate notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order; (g) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Notes, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested); (h) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Notes to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Notes to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Notes to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling Holders may reasonably request at least two business days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Notes; (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(e)(v) hereof, use their best efforts promptly to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Notes, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company agrees to notify the Holders to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and the Holders hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus until the Company has amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission; (j) a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel for the Holders) and make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the Purchasers or its counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel for the Holders), available for discussion of such document, and shall not at any time file or make any amendment to the Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel for the Holders) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel for the Holders) shall object reasonably promptly in light of the circumstances; 9 (k) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Notes or Registrable Notes (if applicable), as the case may be, not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement; (l) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TIA"), in connection with the registration of the Exchange Notes or Registrable Notes, as the case may be, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and execute, and use their best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; (m) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Holders of the Registrable Notes, and attorneys and accountants designated by the Holders and reasonably acceptable to the Company, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner and subject to the execution of appropriate confidentiality agreements, all financial and other records, pertinent documents and properties of the Company and the Guarantors, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; (n) if reasonably requested by any Holder of Registrable Notes covered by a Registration Statement, (i) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and (ii) make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Company has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such filing; and (o) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of securities to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries; (ii) cause the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that any information that is designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality; (iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasers, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in primary underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters; (v) obtain "cold comfort" letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of 10 securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders and the Purchasers, if any, including those to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company. The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this Section 3(o) shall be performed at (A) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto and (B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder. In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require each Holder of Registrable Notes to promptly furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Notes as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing. Any Holder of Registrable Notes who fails to provide such information reasonably requested by the Company shall not be entitled to receive any Special Interest that the Company otherwise becomes obligated to pay as a result of such failure. In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(e)(v) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(i) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at its expense) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder's possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Notes current at the time of receipt of such notice. Each Holder agrees to indemnify the Company, the Guarantors, the Purchasers and the other selling Holders and each of their respective officers and directors who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls any such person for any losses, claims, damages and liabilities caused by the failure of such Holder to discontinue disposition of Registrable Notes after receipt of the notice referred to in the preceding sentence or the failure of such Holder to comply with applicable prospectus delivery requirements with respect to any Prospectus (including, but not limited to, any amended or supplemented Prospectus) provided by the Company for such use. 4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer. (a) The Company understands that the Staff of the SEC has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Notes that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a "Participating Broker-Dealer"), may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the 1933 Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Company understands that it is the Staff's position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Notes, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Notes owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the 1933 Act in connection with resales of Exchange Notes for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the 1933 Act. (b) In light of the above, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company agrees that the provisions of this Agreement as they relate to a Shelf Registration shall also 11 apply to an Exchange Offer Registration to the extent, and with such reasonable modifications thereto as may be, reasonably requested by the Purchasers or by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers, in each case as provided in clause (ii) below, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above; provided that: (i) the Company shall not be required to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as would otherwise be contemplated by Section 3(i), for a period exceeding one year after the Offer Termination Date and Participating Broker-Dealers shall not be authorized by the Company to deliver and shall not deliver such Prospectus after such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4; and (ii) the application of the Shelf Registration procedures set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement to an Exchange Offer Registration, to the extent not required by the positions of the Staff of the SEC or the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, will be in conformity with the reasonable request to the Company by the Purchasers or with the reasonable request in writing to the Company by one or more broker-dealers who certify to the Purchasers and the Company in writing that they anticipate that they will be Participating Broker-Dealers; and provided further that, in connection with such application of the Shelf Registration procedures set forth in Section 3 to an Exchange Offer Registration, the Company shall be obligated (x) to deal only with one entity representing the Participating Broker-Dealers, which shall be Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC unless it elects not to act as such representative, (y) to pay the fees and expenses of only one counsel representing the Participating Broker-Dealers, which shall be counsel to the Purchasers unless such counsel elects not to so act and (z) to cause to be delivered only one, if any, "cold comfort" letter with respect to the Prospectus in the form existing on the Offer Termination Date and with respect to each subsequent amendment or supplement, if any, effected during the period specified in clause (i) above. (iii) The Purchasers shall have no liability to the Company or any Holder for costs and expenses of the Exchange Offer Registration with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) above. 5. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company and the Guarantors agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchasers, each Holder and each person, if any, who controls the Purchasers or any Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, the Purchasers or any Holder, from and against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Purchasers, any Holder or any such controlling or affiliated person in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which Exchange Notes or Registrable Notes were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, except 12 insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to the Purchasers or any Holder furnished to the Company in writing by the Purchasers or any selling Holder expressly for use therein and, in the case of a Shelf Registration including a plan of distribution section, such plan of distribution section; provided, however, that the indemnification contained in this paragraph (a) with respect to such Registration Statement or Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Purchaser, any Holder or any such controlling or affiliated person on account of any such loss, claim, damages or liabilities caused by the failure of such person to discontinue disposition of Registrable Notes after receipt of the notice referred to in the final paragraph of Section 3 hereof. (b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, the Purchasers and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective directors and officers who sign the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Guarantors, the Purchasers and any other selling Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantor to the Purchasers and the Holders, but only with reference to information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto). (c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above, such person (the "indemnified party") shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the "indemnifying party") in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (a) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Purchasers and all persons, if any, who control the Purchasers within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, (b) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company and the Guarantors, their directors, their officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company and the Guarantors within the meaning of either such Section and (c) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Holders and all persons, if any, who control any Holders within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In such case involving the Purchasers and persons who control the Purchasers, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Purchasers. In such case involving the Holders and such persons who control Holders, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders. In all other cases, such firm shall be designated by the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent but, if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have properly 13 requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any good faith settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party for such fees and expenses of counsel in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding. (d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this Section 4 is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company, the Guarantors and the Holders shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Holders' respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5(d) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Registrable Notes of such Holder that were registered pursuant to a Registration Statement. (e) The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, no Holder shall be required to indemnify or contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which Registrable Notes were sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity. The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Purchasers, any Holder or any person controlling the Purchasers or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company and the Guarantors, their officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Notes and (iv) any sale of Registrable Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement. 14 6. Miscellaneous. (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors have not entered into, and on or after the date of this Agreement will not enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Notes in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company's or the Guarantors' other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements. (b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Notes affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided, however, that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consents to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Notes unless consented to in writing by such Holder. (c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and (ii) if to the Company and the Guarantors, initially at the Company's address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture. (d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment or assumption, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Notes in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Notes, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Notes shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Notes such person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Purchasers shall have no liability or obligation to the Company with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement. 15 (e) Purchases and Sales of Notes. The Company shall not, and shall use best efforts to cause its affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) not to, purchase and then resell or otherwise transfer any Notes. (f) Third Party Beneficiary. The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of Holders hereunder. (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. (i) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by laws of the State of New York. (j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 16 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above. INTERFACE, INC. By: /s/ Patrick C. Lynch ----------------------------------------- Name: Patrick C. Lynch Title: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer STRATEGIC FLOORING SERVICES, INC., a Guarantor By: /s/ Keith E. Wright --------------------------------------------- Name: Keith E. Wright Title: Treasurer Each of the Other Guarantors Named in the Preamble to this Agreement By: /s/ Patrick C. Lynch --------------------------------------------- Name: Patrick C. Lynch Title: Vice President (as to Interface Real Estate Holdings, LLC, on behalf of Bentley Prince Street, Inc., its sole member; as to Interface TekSolutions, LLC, on behalf of Interface Fabrics Group Marketing, Inc., its sole member; as to Interface Americas Holdings, LLC, on behalf of Interface, Inc., its sole member; as to Interface Americas Re:Source Technologies, LLC, on behalf of Interface Flooring Systems, Inc., its sole member) (signatures continued on next page) (signatures continued from previous page) The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written. WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. FLEET SECURITIES, INC. By: WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC By: /s/ Jeff Gore -------------------------------- Name: Jeff Gore Title: Director For themselves and the other several Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I to the foregoing Agreement. EX-10.6 5 g87621exv10w6.txt EX-10.6 THIRD AMENDMENT TO NONQUALIFIED PLAN EXHIBIT 10.6 THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE INTERFACE, INC. NONQUALIFIED SAVINGS PLAN THIS THIRD AMENDMENT to the Interface, Inc. Nonqualified Savings Plan (the "Plan") is made on this 8th day of May, 2003, by the Administrative Committee. WITNESSETH: WHEREAS, Interface, Inc. maintains the Plan for the benefit of its eligible employees; WHEREAS, Section 9.1 of the Plan provides that the Administrative Committee has the authority to amend the Plan at any time; and WHEREAS, the Administrative Committee desires to amend the Plan to: (i) shorten the period for providing prior notice to defer a scheduled payment of funds; and (ii) reduce the penalty for early withdrawal of funds. NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended, as follows: 1. Effective June 30, 2003, Section 5.1(b)(iii) is amended in its entirety to read as follows: (iii) Modifications of Benefit Commencement Date. With respect to any initially scheduled benefit commencement date (as determined in accordance with subsections (b)(i) or (b)(ii) hereof), a Participant who has not yet reached such initially scheduled benefit commencement date may elect, at least 90 days before such date, to delay the payment (or commencement) of his Annual Account Balance payable on such date to a later date, or may elect at least 1 year before such date to accelerate an initially scheduled benefit commencement date to an earlier date, provided, any election to accelerate the payment will be effective only if the rescheduled benefit commencement date is no earlier than the first day of the second Plan Year that begins after the date the election to accelerate is made. The Annual Account Balance shall be paid (or commenced) as soon as administratively feasible after such delayed or accelerated date. A Participant may, with respect to each Annual Account Balance, make no more than 5 elections to delay, and no more than 2 elections to accelerate, his scheduled benefit commencement date, subject to the timing restrictions set forth above. 2. Effective June 30, 2003, the references to "8%" and "92%" in the third sentence of Section 5.4(b) are replaced with references to "5%" and "95%", respectively. 3. Except as specified herein, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Administrative Committee has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this Third Amendment on the date first written above. 1 INTERFACE, INC. By: /s/ W. Reynolds ------------------------------------ Title: /s/ W. Reynolds --------------------------------- 2 EX-10.7 6 g87621exv10w7.txt EX-10.7 FOURTH AMENDMENT TO NONQUALIFIED PLAN EXHIBIT 10.7 FOURTH AMENDMENT TO THE INTERFACE, INC. NONQUALIFIED SAVINGS PLAN THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT to the Interface, Inc. Nonqualified Savings Plan (the "Plan") is made on this 31st day of December, 2003, by the Administrative Committee. WITNESSETH: WHEREAS, Interface, Inc. maintains the Plan for the benefit of its eligible employees; WHEREAS, Section 9.1 of the Plan provides that the Administrative Committee has the authority to amend the Plan at any time; and WHEREAS, the Administrative Committee desires to amend the Plan to: (i) permit Participants to defer future installment payments; (ii) shorten the period for converting a lump sum payment election to an installment payment election; and (iii) permit Participants to convert an installment payment election to a lump sum payment election; NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended, as follows: 1. Effective December 31, 2003, Section 5.1(b)(iii) is amended in its entirety to read as follows: (iii) Modifications of Benefit Commencement Date. With respect to any initially scheduled benefit commencement date (as determined in accordance with subsections (b)(i) or (b)(ii) hereof), a Participant who has not yet reached such initially scheduled benefit commencement date may elect, at least 90 days before such date, to delay the payment (or commencement) of his Annual Account Balance payable on such date to a later date, or may elect at least 1 year before such date to accelerate an initially scheduled benefit commencement date to an earlier date, provided, any election to accelerate the payment will be effective only if the rescheduled benefit commencement date is no earlier than the first day of the second Plan Year that begins after the date the election to accelerate is made. The Annual Account Balance shall be paid (or commenced) as soon as administratively feasible after such delayed or accelerated date. A Participant may, with respect to each Annual Account Balance, make no more than 5 elections to delay, and no more than 2 elections to accelerate, his scheduled benefit commencement date, subject to the timing restrictions set forth above. If distribution of a Participant's Annual Account Balance has already begun in the form of installment payments, the Participant may elect at least 90 days before the scheduled date of the next installment payment to delay the payment of the remaining installment payments of his Annual Account Balance to a later date (e.g., if there are three annual installments remaining and the Participant elects to delay the payment of these installments by 2 years, the first of the remaining 1 installments will be made 2 years later followed by the last two annual installments). 2. Effective December 31, 2003, the first paragraph of Section 5.2(b) is amended in its entirety to read as follows: (b) ANNUAL INSTALLMENTS. A Participant may elect, at the time he makes a Deferral Election for each Plan Year, to have his Annual Account Balance payable under Section 5.1 paid in the form of annual installment payments. To the extent a Participant elects multiple benefit commencement dates in accordance with Section 5.1(b)(v), such Participant may elect at the time of such subsequent Deferral Elections, to have the Annual Account Balance attributable to such election paid in the form of annual installments beginning as of such benefit commencement dates. If a Participant does not elect the installment form of distribution with respect to a benefit commencement date, his Annual Account Balance corresponding to such benefit commencement date shall be paid in the form of a single-sum payment unless, at least 90 days before such benefit commencement date, the Participant makes an election in writing to receive such Annual Account Balance in the form of installment payments (in accordance with the terms of this subsection). If a Participant elects the installment form of distribution with respect to a benefit commencement date, he may later elect, at least 90 days before such benefit commencement date, to receive such Annual Account Balance in the form of a single-sum payment, provided, any such election will be effective only if the benefit commencement date is no earlier than the first day of the second Plan Year that begins after the date the election to receive a single-sum payment is made. The following terms and conditions shall apply to installment payments made under the Plan: 3. Except as specified herein, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Administrative Committee has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this Fourth Amendment on the date first written above. INTERFACE, INC. By: /s/ W. Reynolds ------------------------------- Title: Secretary EX-21 7 g87621exv21.txt EX-21 SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY . . . EXHIBIT 21 SUBSIDIARIES OF INTERFACE, INC.

(1) The names of certain subsidiaries which, if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a "significant subsidiary", have been omitted. The names of consolidated wholly-owned multiple subsidiaries carrying on the same line of business have been omitted where the name of the immediate parent, the line of business, the number of omitted subsidiaries operating in the United States and the number operating in foreign countries have been given. (2) Camborne Holdings, Ltd. is the parent of ten direct subsidiaries organized and operating in England, Wales, Hong Kong, Singapore and Germany in the interior fabrics business. (3) Interface Americas Holdings, Inc. (formerly Interface Americas, Inc.) is the parent of nine direct subsidiaries organized and operating in the United States, of which six are in the floorcoverings 1 products/services business (including Bentley Prince Street, Inc., Interface Americas, Inc., Interface Flooring Systems, Inc., InterfaceFLOR, Inc. and Re:Source Americas Enterprises, Inc.), and one is in the specialty mats business (Pandel, Inc.). The two other U.S. subsidiaries of Interface Americas Holdings, Inc. sold substantially all of their assets during 2003, including Interface Americas Re:Source Technologies, LLC (formerly Interface Americas Re:Source Technologies, Inc.), which was in the adhesives and other specialty chemicals business, and Interface Architectural Resources, Inc., which was in the access flooring business. Interface Americas Holdings, Inc. is also the parent of three direct subsidiaries organized and operating outside the U.S. in the floorcovering products/services business. (4) Interface Australia Holdings Pty Ltd. is the parent of six direct subsidiaries organized and operating in Australia in the floorcovering products/services business. (5) Interface Europe B.V. (formerly Interface Heuga B.V.) is the parent of six direct subsidiaries organized and operating in the Netherlands, and eleven direct subsidiaries organized and operating outside of the Netherlands (including Interface Australia Holdings Pty. Ltd.), in the floorcovering products/services business. (6) Interface Europe, Ltd. (formerly Interface Flooring Systems, Ltd.) is the parent of six direct subsidiaries organized and operating in England and Wales, and one direct subsidiary organized and operating in Ireland, in the floorcovering products/services business and two direct subsidiaries (Camborne Holdings Ltd. and Guilford of Maine (U.K.) Ltd.) organized and operating in England and Wales in the interior fabrics business. (7) Interface Fabrics Group, Inc. (formerly Guilford of Maine, Inc. and Interface Interior Fabrics, Inc.) is the parent of five direct subsidiaries organized and operating in the United States (including Interface Fabrics Group Finishing, Inc., Interface Fabrics Group Marketing, Inc., Interface Fabrics Group North, Inc. and Interface Fabrics Group South, Inc.), and one direct subsidiary organized and operating in England and Wales, in the interior fabrics business. (8) Interface Overseas Holdings, Inc. is the parent of seven direct subsidiaries, which subsidiaries are organized and operating in the United States (Interface Domestic Corporation), Denmark (Interface Global Holdings ApS and Interface Denmark Holdings ApS), Japan (ISM Japan Ltd.), Thailand (Interface Modernform Co. Ltd.) and China (Shanghai Interface Carpet Co. Ltd.). (9) Quaker City International, Inc. is the parent of three direct subsidiaries organized and operating in the United States in the floorcovering services business. (10) Re:Source Americas Enterprises, Inc. is the parent of fifteen direct subsidiaries organized and operating in the United States (including Quaker City International, Inc.) in the floorcovering services business. 2 EX-23 8 g87621exv23.txt EX-23 CONSENT OF BDO SEIDMAN, LLP Exhibit 23 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS Interface, Inc. Atlanta, Georgia We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of our reports dated February 16, 2004, relating to the consolidated financial statements appearing in the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 2003 and schedule of Interface, Inc., into the Company's previously filed registration statements on Form S-8, Registration No. 33-28305, Form S-8, Registration No. 33-28307, Form S-8, Registration No. 33-69808, Form S-8, Registration No. 333-10377, Form S-8, Registration No. 333-10379, Form S-8, Registration No. 333-38675, Form S-8, Registration No. 333-38677 (as amended), Form S-8, Registration No. 333-93679, and Form S-8, Registration No. 333-66956, relating to the Company's Key Employee Stock Option Plan, Offshore Stock Option Plan, Key Employee Stock Option Plan (1993), Savings and Investment Plan, Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan and Nonqualified Savings Plan, and Form S-3, Registration No. 333-46611, as amended by Form S-3/A, including the prospectuses therein. We also consent to the reference to us under the caption "Experts" in the Prospectuses. /s/ BDO SEIDMAN, LLP Atlanta, Georgia March 8, 2004 EX-24 9 g87621exv24.txt EX-24 POWER OF ATTORNEY Exhibit 24 Power of Attorney The signature page of Interface, Inc.'s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2003 includes the power of attorney given by each person whose signature appears on the Report on Form 10-K, which power of attorney constitutes and appoints Daniel T. Hendrix as attorney-in-fact, with power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to the Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission. EX-31.1 10 g87621exv31w1.txt EX-31.1 SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF CEO EXHIBIT 31.1 CERTIFICATION I, Daniel T. Hendrix, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Interface, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 8, 2004 /s/ Daniel T. Hendrix -------------------------------------- Daniel T. Hendrix Chief Executive Officer EX-31.2 11 g87621exv31w2.txt EX-31.2 SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF CFO EXHIBIT 31.2 CERTIFICATION I, Patrick C. Lynch, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Interface, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 8, 2004 /s/ Patrick C. Lynch ------------------------------------- Patrick C. Lynch Chief Financial Officer EX-32.1 12 g87621exv32w1.txt EX-32.1 SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF CEO EXHIBIT 32.1 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 I, Daniel T. Hendrix, Chief Executive Officer of Interface, Inc. (the "Company"), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.Section 1350 as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 28, 2003 (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Dated: March 8, 2004 /s/ Daniel T. Hendrix --------------------------------- Daniel T. Hendrix Chief Executive Officer EX-32.2 13 g87621exv32w2.txt EX-32.2 SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION OF CFO EXHIBIT 32.2 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 I, Patrick C. Lynch, Chief Financial Officer of Interface, Inc. (the "Company"), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 28, 2003 (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Dated: March 8, 2004 /s/ Patrick C. Lynch ----------------------------------- Patrick C. Lynch Chief Financial Officer GRAPHIC 14 g87621g8762101.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 g87621g8762101.gif M1TE&.#EAF0!.`*(``/___\S,S)F9F69F9C,S,P```````````"'Y!``````` M+`````"9`$X```/_"+K<_C#*2:N]..O-N_]@*(YD:9[H$@1"VP9I+,^J,!1X MKA.#`-/`X"9`T!F/.,)/R&PV`L@H&K'&BK[!<$;@%>[9GCCJK"[$2KJ;` M9Z6_I+L2I;7*5KVR#<82PCG37MJ^%*7$*D?BW#+8T,_'ZN9"Y.#L$-[2[4!' M%>B\]_5!O?CQ$/;QH^$/G@YK#@0.E%%P0KX("A>"B>CL8`6*$DTT3&>1_P+& MC"0VZNJ8#1!(&>\<`G3@BM[)$@\?Q&19Z&4*;P4,YD#((*5-C9Y4DH3@JME/ MF"8Y[I10[2@*G#P!S"SFTVD)).+")3IBU.H(G%VI#F70JX!+KR)2A96ZLNQ: MM"#*%K"$25.@)ZGFPGVZ*(.`O&?WBL"9).JDOW4$Q\B;I(<#%LA&*8X1>8P4 MPY-#5+:\,K-&QISO>J9!V#+FT2806R9P&O533%)8EW,MQ(>+%;-IZ][-N[?O MW\"#"Q].O+CQX\B3*U_.O#D3%BY:.^]0)/?T#T4FN"#;(E&;[]^)11_/Z[L- M'TS!@Z<@'?*+;.K#,\@^X88TQZ0,F05`A.>-'_^#!+;`?@#\Y1$<*R@R`136 M_;6$(N(H`@D1U^2D'0Z01%4+@=W)H]<"`BI`H%2SC7C)A2$J`&$#Z$$`Q2=4 MS&=A-F$PTIJ)6RUPVH@?0F3(:3;,"$M7*^C#R%GT9:-`)BI:D`Q[>G4X@5DK MM.%1&10NV,*3/F;P(G]A)9D(#(J4<6.**IIUPXZL.7@@;.R)F"*7%D#!&B8R M"2G/#VN>6<&*4DI`(!17*H"FFM49Z>632.KYP">9H"GGGWH!.&4MH@5DR&PM ME@D-D4P]:2E5["T1AI.2*LC`G)@:AF,$TC"9(XNA?A*HF'LRH&JA4)KZUJ1+ MLBK(?3T^@.


Georgia		58-1451243

(State of incorporation)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
2859 Paces Ferry Road Suite 2000
Atlanta, Georgia		30339

(Address of principal executive offices)		(Zip code)


Class		Number of Shares

Class A Common Stock,
$0.10 par value per share		44,350,828

Class B Common Stock,
$0.10 par value per share		7,241,289


PART I
PART II
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
PART III
PART IV
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
INTERFACE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX
EX-4.6 INDENTURE GOVERNING SENIOR NOTES
EX-4.7 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
EX-10.6 THIRD AMENDMENT TO NONQUALIFIED PLAN
EX-10.7 FOURTH AMENDMENT TO NONQUALIFIED PLAN
EX-21 SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
EX-23 CONSENT OF BDO SEIDMAN, LLP
EX-24 POWER OF ATTORNEY
EX-31.1 SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF CEO
EX-31.2 SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF CFO
EX-32.1 SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF CEO
EX-32.2 SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION OF CFO


		Floor Space
Location	Segment	(Sq. Ft.)

Bangkok, Thailand(1)	Modular		66,072
Craigavon, N. Ireland	Modular		80,986
LaGrange, Georgia	Modular		375,000
Ontario (Belleville), Canada	Modular		77,000
Picton, Australia	Modular		96,300
Scherpenzeel, the Netherlands	Modular		229,734
Shelf, England	Modular		206,882
West Point, Georgia	Modular		250,000
City of Industry, California(2)	Broadloom		539,641
Aberdeen, North Carolina	Fabrics		104,284
East Douglas, Massachusetts	Fabrics		306,225
Elkin, North Carolina	Fabrics		1,475,413
Grand Rapids, Michigan(2)	Fabrics		118,263
Guilford, Maine	Fabrics		408,511


		Floor Space
Location	Segment	(Sq. Ft.)

Guilford, Maine	Fabrics		96,490
Newport, Maine	Fabrics		173,973
Nottingham, England(2)	Fabrics		12,500
Meltham, England(2)	Fabrics		168,000
Mirfield, England	Fabrics		112,000
Cartersville, Georgia(2)	Specialty Products (Specialty Mats)		53,000
Kennesaw, Georgia(2)	Research and Development		19,247


Name	Age		Principal Position(s)

Daniel T. Hendrix		49	President and Chief Executive Officer
Michael D. Bertolucci		63	Senior Vice President
John R. Wells		42	Senior Vice President
Raymond S. Willoch		45	Senior Vice President-Administration, General Counsel and Secretary
Robert A. Coombs		45	Vice President
Lindsey K. Parnell		46	Vice President
Patrick C. Lynch		34	Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Christopher J. Richard		47	Vice President
Jeffrey J. Roman		41	Vice President


(1)	Owned by a joint venture in which we have a 70% interest.

(2)	Leased.


ITEM 4.	SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS


ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS


		High		Low		Dividends

2004
	First Quarter (through March 1, 2004)	$	8.05	$	5.53		—
2003
	First Quarter	$	3.95	$	2.64		—
	Second Quarter		4.50		2.62		—
	Third Quarter		6.35		4.50		—
	Fourth Quarter		6.25		5.00		—
2002
	First Quarter	$	7.15	$	4.00	$	0.015
	Second Quarter		10.05		6.00		0.015
	Third Quarter		8.39		3.82		0.015
	Fourth Quarter		4.50		1.97		—



		Selected Financial Data(1)
		2003			2002			2001			2000		1999


		(In thousands, except share data and ratios)
Annual Operating Data
Net sales		$	923,509		$	924,084		$	1,058,846		$	1,223,895	$	1,189,585
Cost of sales			670,532			659,910			746,320			844,447		813,212
Operating income (loss)(2)			15,475			15,156			(1,090	)		66,853		76,456
Income (loss) from continuing operations			(18,410	)		(17,759	)		(25,921	)		17,063		23,732
Discontinued operations			(14,847	)		(14,525	)		(10,366	)		258		(187	)
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(3)			—			(55,380	)		—			—		—
Net income (loss)			(33,257	)		(87,664	)		(36,287	)		17,321		23,545

Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share
	Basic	$	(0.36	)	$	(0.36	)	$	(0.52	)	$	0.34	$	0.45
	Diluted	$	(0.36	)	$	(0.36	)	$	(0.52	)	$	0.34	$	0.45
Average Shares Outstanding
	Basic		50,282			50,194			50,099			50,558		52,562
	Diluted		50,282			50,194			50,099			50,824		52,803
Cash dividends per common share		$	—		$	0.045		$	0.15		$	0.18	$	0.18
Property additions(4)			(16,328	)		14,344			30,081			46,406		37,278
Depreciation and amortization			37,257			35,328			46,421			49,586		44,606

Balance Sheet Data
Working capital		$	168,490		$	197,809		$	224,282		$	247,235	$	223,734
Total assets			894,274			863,510			954,754			1,034,849		1,028,495
Total long-term debt(5)			445,000			445,000			448,494			415,858		395,618
Shareholders’ equity			218,733			224,171			302,475			372,435		389,192
Current ratio			1.9			2.2			2.3			2.2		2.1


ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



							Percentage Change
	Fiscal Year Ended
							2003 Compared			2002 Compared
Net Sales By Segment	2003		2002		2001		with 2002			with 2001


	(In thousands)
Modular Carpet	$	468,751	$	431,826	$	484,755		8.6	%		(10.9	)%
Broadloom(1)		109,940		114,727		170,179		(4.2	)%		(32.6	)%
Services		146,416		163,456		178,859		(10.4	)%		(8.6	)%
Fabrics Group		189,111		199,276		209,905		(5.1	)%		(5.1	)%
Specialty Products		9,291		14,799		15,148		(37.2	)%		(2.3	)%

Total	$	923,509	$	924,084	$	1,058,846		(0.1	)%		(12.7	)%



	Fiscal Year Ended							Percentage Change
Cost of Sales and Selling,
General and Administrative								2003 Compared			2002 Compared
Expenses (Combined)	2003		2002		2001			with 2002			with 2001


	(In thousands)
Modular Carpet	$	426,219	$	386,691	$	429,767			10.2	%		(10.0	)%
Broadloom(1)		110,838		118,064		182,025			(6.1	)%		(35.1	)%
Services		155,840		167,957		179,502			(7.2	)%		(6.4	)%
Fabrics		197,198		197,248		203,823			0.0	%		(3.2	)%
Specialty Products		9,352		13,873		14,808			(32.6	)%		(6.3	)%
Corporate Expenses & Eliminations(2)		2,391		1,646		(4,566	)		45.3	%		*

Total	$	901,838	$	885,479	$	1,005,359			1.8	%		(11.9	)%



			Payments Due by Period
	Total
	Payments		Less than						More than
	Due		1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		5 Years


			(In thousands)
Long-Term Debt Obligations(1)	$	445,000	$	—	$	120,000	$	150,000	$	175,000
Capital Lease Obligations		311		125		165		21		—
Operating Lease Obligations		118,264		26,283		37,955		24,215		29,811
Unconditional Purchase Obligations(2)		8,856		6,686		2,170		—		—

Total Contractual Cash Obligations	$	572,431	$	33,094	$	160,290	$	174,236	$	204,811


ITEM 1.	BUSINESS


ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES


ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA


	*Analysis of Cash Flows*


ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK


	CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS


	Balance						Balance
	December 29,				Foreign Currency		December 28,
	2002		Acquisitions		Translation		2003


	(In thousands)
Modular Carpet	$	69,499	$	—	$	11,651	$	81,150
Broadloom		60,113		—		—		60,113
Services		33,006		—		—		33,006
Fabrics Group		47,911		699		1,250		49,860
Specialty Products		—		—		—		—

Total	$	210,529	$	699	$	12,901	$	224,129


																						Foreign			Unrealized
													Additional						Minimum			Currency			Gain on
	Class A			Class A			Class B			Class B			Paid-In			Retained			Pension			Translation			Fair Value
	Shares			Amount			Shares			Amount			Capital			Earnings			Liability			Adjustment			Hedges


													(In thousands)
Balance, at December 31, 2000		51,214		$	5,121			7,103		$	710		$	218,261		$	241,400		$	—		$	(72,952	)	$	—
Net loss		—			—			—			—			—			(36,287	)		—			—			—
Conversion of Common stock		207			21			(207	)		(21	)		—			—			—			—			—
Stock issuances under employee plans		38			4			7			1			264			—			—			—			—
Other issuances of Common stock		—			—			279			28			2,610			—			—			—			—
Retirement of treasury stock		(7,773	)		(777	)		—			—			—			(21,545	)		—			—			—
Cash dividends paid		—			—			—			—			—			(7,628	)		—			—			—
Unamortized stock compensation expense related to restricted stock awards		—			—			—			—			(2,638	)		—			—			—			—
Forfeitures and compensation expense related to restricted stock awards		48			5			(97	)		(10	)		993			—			—			—			—
Minimum pension liability adjustment		—			—			—			—			—			—			(11,061	)		—			—
Foreign currency translation adjustment		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			(14,024	)		—

Balance, at December 30, 2001		43,734		$	4,374			7,085		$	708		$	219,490		$	175,940		$	(11,061	)	$	(86,976	)	$	—


	Weighted Average
	Number of
	Shares			Exercise Price

Outstanding at December 31, 2000		3,899,000		$	6.53
Granted		836,000			5.87
Exercised		(42,000	)		6.06
Forfeited or canceled		(239,000	)		7.27

Outstanding at December 30, 2001		4,454,000		$	6.38
Granted		358,000			5.65
Exercised		(219,000	)		5.03
Forfeited or canceled		(433,000	)		7.86

Outstanding at December 29,2002		4,160,000		$	6.25
Granted		684,000			2.90
Exercised		(55,000	)		4.38
Forfeited or canceled		(338,000	)		6.88

Outstanding at December 28, 2003		4,451,000		$	5.71


Options Exercisable	Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price

December 28, 2003		2,615,000	$	6.33
December 29, 2002		2,248,000	$	6.69
December 30, 2001		2,049,000	$	7.02



	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable

			Weighted
			Average
			Remaining
	Number		Contractual		Weighted		Number		Weighted
	Outstanding at		Life		Average		Exercisable at		Average
Range of Exercise Prices	December 28, 2003		(years)		Exercise Price		December 28, 2003		Exercise Price

$ 2.71 – 6.94		3,084,000		6.52	$	4.55		1,538,000	$	4.90
7.00 – 9.56		1,306,000		4.38	$	8.20		1,017,000	$	8.24
10.06 – 19.13		61,000		3.34	$	10.58		60,000	$	10.59

		4,451,000		5.85	$	5.71		2,615,000	$	6.33


	U.S.		Europe		Australia		Total


	(In thousands)
Facilities consolidation	$	8,966	$	4,541	$	—	$	13,507
Workforce reduction		1,704		3,636		315		5,655
Product rationalization		1,301		—		—		1,301
Other impaired assets		2,888		—		98		2,986

	$	14,859	$	8,177	$	413	$	23,449



	2003				2002

	Assets		Liabilities		Assets		Liabilities


	(In thousands)
Basis differences of property and equipment	$	—	$	21,195	$	—	$	17,072
Net operating loss carryforwards		40,529		—		11,553		—
Deferred compensation		6,904		—		6,206		—
Nondeductible reserves and accruals		5,548		—		5,868		—
Other differences in basis of assets and liabilities		3,251		—		10,338		—

	$	56,232	$	21,195	$	33,965	$	17,072


Fiscal Year	Amount

	(In thousands)
2004	$	26,283
2005		20,884
2006		17,071
2007		14,073
2008		10,142
Thereafter		29,811

	$	118,264


	Modular								Fabrics			Specialty
	Carpet		Broadloom			Services			Group			Products			Total


	(In thousands)
*2003*
Net sales	$	468,751	$	109,940		$	146,416		$	189,111		$	9,291		$	923,509
Depreciation and amortization		13,600		2,309			2,732			11,602			105			30,348
Operating income (loss)		42,532		(2,370	)		(10,300	)		(11,491	)		(61	)		18,310
Total assets		383,097		115,505			155,552			233,545			3,406			891,105

*2002*
Net sales	$	431,826	$	114,727		$	163,456		$	199,276		$	14,799		$	924,084
Depreciation and amortization		11,836		2,845			2,644			10,338			1,290			28,953
Operating income (loss)		36,545		(5,917	)		(5,954	)		(9,031	)		(926	)		16,802
Total assets		410,019		111,279			138,799			238,473			16,094			914,664

*2001*
Net sales	$	484,755	$	170,179		$	178,859		$	209,905		$	15,148		$	1,058,846
Depreciation and amortization		17,442		5,775			5,643			11,257			698			40,819
Operating income (loss)		42,797		(49,621	)		(2,098	)		2,926			340			(5,656	)
Total assets		407,211		115,767			168,689			244,559			30,882			967,108



		Fiscal Year Ended 2003

		First Quarter(1)			Second Quarter(1)			Third Quarter			Fourth Quarter(1)


		(In thousands, except share data)
Net sales		$	210,210		$	233,964		$	237,094		$	242,241
Gross profit			55,699			64,871			65,232			67,175
Loss from continuing operations			(9,042	)		(3,940	)		(2,146	)		(3,282	)
Net loss			(10,354	)		(5,412	)		(13,388	)		(4,103	)
Basic and diluted loss per common share
	Loss from continuing operations	$	(0.18	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.06	)
	Net loss		(0.21	)		(0.11	)		(0.27	)		(0.08	)
Dividends per common share			—			—			—			—
Share prices
	High	$	3.95		$	4.50		$	6.35		$	6.25
	Low		2.64			2.62			4.50			5.00



		Fiscal Year Ended 2002

		First Quarter(2)			Second Quarter		Third Quarter			Fourth Quarter(1)


		(In thousands, except share data)
Net sales		$	226,671		$	233,773	$	231,315		$	232,325
Gross profit			65,593			69,321		64,649			64,611
Income (loss) from continuing operations			(3	)		1,363		(1,782	)		(17,337	)
Net income (loss)			(55,486	)		777		(2,749	)		(30,206	)
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share
	Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	(0.00	)	$	0.03	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.35	)
	Net income (loss)		(1.11	)		0.02		(0.05	)		(0.60	)
Dividends per common share		$	0.015		$	0.015	$	0.015		$	—
Share prices
	High	$	7.15		$	10.05	$	8.39		$	4.50
	Low		4.00			6.00		3.82			1.97


										Consolidation
							Interface, Inc.			&
		Guarantor			Nonguarantor		(Parent			Elimination			Consolidated
		Subsidiaries			Subsidiaries		Corporation)			Entries			Totals


		(In thousands)
Net sales		$	838,289		$	333,713	$	—		$	(248,493	)	$	923,509
Cost of sales			690,932			228,093		—			(248,493	)		670,532

Gross profit on sales			147,357			105,620		—			—			252,977
Selling, general and administrative expenses			132,433			77,499		21,374			—			231,306
Restructuring charge			6,196			—		—			—			6,196

Operating income (loss)			8,728			28,121		(21,374	)		—			15,475

Other expense (income)
	Interest expense, net		17,090			4,200		21,530			—			42,820
	Other		5,143			4,671		(8,534	)		—			1,280

	Total other expense		22,233			8,871		12,996			—			44,100

Income (loss) before taxes on income and equity in income of subsidiaries			(13,505	)		19,250		(34,370	)		—			(28,625	)
Taxes on income (benefit)			4,440			7,654		(22,309	)		—			(10,215	)
Equity in income (loss) of subsidiaries			—			—		(21,196	)		21,196			—

Income (loss) from continuing operations			(17,945	)		11,596		(33,257	)		21,196			(18,410	)
Discontinued operations, net of tax			(6,022	)		—		—			—			(6,022	)
Loss on disposal of discontinued operation, net of tax			(8,825	)		—		—			—			(8,825	)

Net income (loss)		$	(32,792	)	$	11,596	$	(33,257	)	$	21,196		$	(33,257	)


												Consolidation
									Interface,			&
			Guarantor			Nonguarantor			Inc. (Parent			Elimination			Consolidated
			Subsidiaries			Subsidiaries			Corporation)			Entries			Totals


			(In thousands)
Assets
Current
	Cash		$	2,626		$	12,942		$	1,065		$	—		$	16,633
	Accounts receivable			101,341			69,040			3,985			—			174,366
	Inventories			93,049			50,836			—			—			143,885
	Other			8,136			9,789			6,137			—			24,062
	Assets of business held for sale			—			—			—			—			—

		Total current assets		205,152			142,607			11,187			—			358,946
Property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation				126,966			73,536			10,955			—			211,457
Investments in subsidiaries				163,657			46,463			209,561			(419,681	)		—
Other				9,581			34,739			55,422			—			99,742
Goodwill				133,462			89,880			787			—			224,129

			$	638,818		$	387,225		$	287,912		$	(419,681	)	$	894,274


Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities			$	62,129		$	99,007		$	29,320		$			$	190,456
Long-term debt, less current maturities				—			—			445,000			—			445,000
Deferred income taxes				15,677			12,128			4,657			—			32,462
Other long-term liabilities										4,165						4,165

		Total liabilities		77,806			111,135			483,142			—			672,083

Minority interests				—			3,458			—			—			3,458

Shareholders’ equity
	Preferred stock			57,891			—			—			(57,891	)		—
	Common stock			94,145			102,199			5,135			(196,344	)		5,135
	Additional paid-in capital			191,411			12,525			222,984			(203,936	)		222,984
	Retained earnings			218,811			210,850			(415,432	)		38,490			52,719
	Foreign currency translation adjustment			(1,246	)		(17,885	)		(7,917	)		—			(27,048	)
	Minimum pension liability			—			(35,057	)		—			—			(35,057	)

Total shareholders’ equity				561,012			272,632			(195,230	)		(419,681	)		218,733

			$	638,818		$	387,225		$	287,912		$	(419,681	)	$	894,274


ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE


ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT


ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS


ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS


ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K